EPL TECHNOLOGIES INC
S-1/A, 1998-03-18
MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICAL PRODUCTS
Previous: LEXINGTON CROSBY SMALL CAP ASIA GROWTH FUND INC, 24F-2NT, 1998-03-18
Next: GUARANTEE LIFE COMPANIES INC, 10-K405, 1998-03-18



<PAGE>   1
 
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 18, 1998
    
 
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-46397
    
================================================================================
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
   
                                       TO
    
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                             EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>                                <C>
            COLORADO                             2869                            84-0990658
 (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF     (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL             (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
 INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)          CLASSIFICATION CODE)                IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
 
                        2 INTERNATIONAL PLAZA, SUITE 245
                     PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA 19113-1507
                                 (610) 521-4400
     (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE
                  OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                            ------------------------
 
                                 PAUL L. DEVINE
                CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                        2 INTERNATIONAL PLAZA, SUITE 245
                     PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA 19113-1507
                                 (610) 521-4400
                     (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE AND
          TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                            ------------------------
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
              RAYMOND D. AGRAN, ESQ.                               BRYAN E. DAVIS, ESQ.
      BALLARD SPAHR ANDREWS & INGERSOLL, LLP                        ALSTON & BIRD LLP
                1735 MARKET STREET                                 ONE ATLANTIC CENTER
                    51ST FLOOR                                  1201 WEST PEACHTREE STREET
           PHILADELPHIA, PA 19103-7599                            ATLANTA, GA 30309-3424
                  (215) 864-8524                                      (404) 881-7000
               (215) 864-8999 (FAX)                                (404) 881-7777 (FAX)
</TABLE>
 
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO PUBLIC:  As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, please check the following box.  [ ]
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering:  [ ]
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering:  [ ]
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box:  [ ]
   
                            ------------------------
    
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a)
MAY DETERMINE.
 
================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
 
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION -- DATED MARCH 18, 1998
    
 
PROSPECTUS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                3,500,000 Shares
 
                         [EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. LOGO]
 
                                  Common Stock
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Of the 3,500,000 shares of common stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Common
Stock"), offered hereby (the "Offering"), 809,097 shares are being sold by EPL
Technologies, Inc. ("EPL" or the "Company") and 2,690,903 shares are being sold
by a shareholder of the Company (the "Selling Shareholder"). The Company will
not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the
Selling Shareholder. See "Principal and Selling Shareholders."
 
   
The Common Stock of the Company is included in The Nasdaq Stock Market's
SmallCap Market (the "Nasdaq SmallCap Market") under the symbol "EPTG." For
approximately 30 days after March 18, 1998, the Company's Common Stock is
included in the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbol "EPTGD" to indicate the
recent 1-for-2 reverse stock split described below. An application has been made
to include the Common Stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market's National Market (the
"Nasdaq National Market"). On March 13, 1998, the last reported sales price of
the Common Stock on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market (adjusted to give effect to a
1-for-2 reverse stock split that occurred in March 1998) was $13.25 per share.
See "Price Range of Common Stock."
    
 
   
SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGES 8 TO 15 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN MATERIAL FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY.
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=========================================================================================================================
                                                          Underwriting                                  Proceeds to
                                     Price to            Discounts and           Proceeds to              Selling
                                      Public             Commissions(1)           Company(2)           Shareholder(2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>                    <C>                    <C>                    <C>
 
Per Share....................           $                      $                      $                      $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3).....................           $                      $                      $                      $
=========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
 
(1) The Company and the Selling Shareholder have agreed to indemnify the several
    Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
 
   
(2) Before deducting offering expenses payable by the Company estimated to be
    $173,000 and expenses payable by the Selling Shareholder estimated to be
    $577,000. See "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
(3) The Company has granted the several Underwriters a 30-day over-allotment
    option to purchase up to 525,000 additional shares of Common Stock on the
    same terms and conditions as set forth above. If all such additional shares
    are purchased by the Underwriters, the total Price to Public will be
    $          , the total Underwriting Discounts and Commissions will be
    $          , the total Proceeds to Company will be $          and the total
    Proceeds to the Selling Shareholder will be $          . See "Underwriting."
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters subject to
delivery by the Company and the Selling Shareholder and acceptance by the
Underwriters, to prior sale and to withdrawal, cancellation or modification of
the offer without notice. Delivery of the shares to the Underwriters is expected
to be made through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company, New York, New
York, on or about April   , 1998.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED     PENNSYLVANIA MERCHANT GROUP
</TABLE>
    
 
   
April   , 1998
    
<PAGE>   3

[SMALL PHOTOGRAPHS OF:
- -- PACKAGES OF FRESH-CUT FRENCH FRIES
- -- PACKAGES OF FRESH-CUT SWEET CORN
- -- PACKAGES OF FRESH-CUT APPLE SLICES]

[LARGE PHOTOGRAPH OF VARIOUS PACKAGED PRODUCE, INCLUDING FRESH-CUT APPLE SLICES,
COLLARD GREENS, BROCCOLI FLORETS, "BABY" CARROTS, BANANAS, TOMATOES, FRESH-CUT
CORN AND FRESH-CUT FRENCH FRIES]

<PAGE>   4
 
   
     Fresh-cut french fries, sweet corn, apple slices and "baby" carrots are
processed with the Company's processing aids. Other products displayed are
products of the Company's packaging and printing customers.
    
 
   
     Green Giant Fresh(R) is a registered trademark of the Pillsbury Company
used under license.
    
 
     CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN, OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING PURCHASES OF COMMON STOCK TO STABILIZE ITS MARKET PRICE, PURCHASES OF
COMMON STOCK TO COVER SOME OR ALL OF A SHORT POSITION IN THE COMMON STOCK
MAINTAINED BY THE UNDERWRITERS, AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR A
DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
     IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS (AND SELLING GROUP
MEMBERS, IF ANY) MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON
STOCK ON THE NASDAQ STOCK MARKET IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 103 OF REGULATION M
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. SEE "UNDERWRITING."
<PAGE>   5
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. This Prospectus contains
"forward-looking statements" which involve risks and uncertainties. The
Company's actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in
the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference
include, but are not limited to, those discussed under "Risk Factors." Unless
otherwise indicated, the information in this Prospectus (i) gives retroactive
effect to a 1-for-2 reverse stock split, which became effective in March 1998,
(ii) assumes the conversion of 1,933,000 shares of the Company's Series A 10%
Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock into 1,288,666 shares of Common Stock by
the Selling Shareholder in connection with the Offering and (iii) assumes that
the Underwriters' over-allotment option will not be exercised.
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     The Company is a leading developer and marketer of integrated produce
systems solutions specifically designed to address the needs of the rapidly
growing market for fresh-cut produce. In this regard, the Company develops,
manufactures and markets proprietary produce processing aids, packaging
technologies, and scientific and technical services, which are designed to
maintain the quality and integrity of fresh-cut produce. The foundation of the
Company's integrated systems solutions is its proprietary produce processing aid
technology, which inhibits the natural enzymatic degradation of fruits and
vegetables after they have been processed. Fresh-cut fruits and vegetables that
are treated with the Company's proprietary processing aids better maintain their
natural characteristics such as color, texture, taste and smell. The use of the
Company's processing aids allows for increased availability of certain fresh-cut
produce products, such as sliced apples, potatoes and corn. The Company has
concluded that the use of the Company's processing aids, in accordance with the
Company's recommended protocols, is "generally recognized as safe" ("GRAS")
under U.S. Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") regulations. The Company also
uses a variety of film technologies to create packaging specifically designed to
complement and enhance the effectiveness of the Company's processing aids by
allowing fruits and vegetables to "breathe" after they have been cut and
packaged. The Company markets these packaging products to produce growers and
processors. In addition, the Company's scientific and technical services, which
include food safety and microbiological testing, provide fresh produce
processors with expertise in food safety, post-harvest horticulture and
processing techniques, and support the cross-marketing efforts for the Company's
other products. The Company believes its processing aids are safe and
environmentally "friendly" and, together with its packaging and scientific and
technical services, add significant value to the businesses of its customers. In
addition to its integrated systems solutions for fresh-cut produce, the Company
also markets flexible packaging for uses in the snack food, bakery and
confectionery industries and for other uses.
 
     According to industry statistics, the U.S. fresh-cut produce industry
totaled $5.2 billion in 1994, and is expected to grow to $19 billion by 2000.
The Company believes that the market for fresh produce is evolving toward
ready-to-eat, pre-packaged, fresh-cut fruits and vegetables in response to
increasing consumer preferences for healthy foods, convenience and variety. In
this regard, according to industry estimates, U.S. sales of fruits and
vegetables sold in pre-cut, pre-packaged form are expected to grow from 8.9% of
all fruits and vegetables sold in the U.S. in 1994 to 25.8% by 2000. In addition
to increasing consumer preferences for fresh-cut produce, the Company believes
that food service providers have shown an increase in demand for fresh-cut,
packaged produce to reduce the risk of bacterial contamination and enhance food
safety and improve produce consistency. The Company believes that its integrated
systems solutions for fresh-cut produce uniquely position the Company to address
the evolving needs of the rapidly growing and developing fresh-cut produce
market and enable the development of a number of new fresh-cut produce products.
Development of new fresh-cut produce applications is further supported by
produce growers and processors who are seeking to increase revenues and margins
by establishing differentiated, brand-name, fresh-cut alternatives to their
existing commodity produce lines.
 
     To capitalize on these industry trends and as a key part of its operating
strategy, the Company has formed strategic alliances with leading growers,
processors and brand-name marketers of fresh-cut french fries, sliced
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   6
 
apples, "baby" carrots and sweet corn. In 1997, the Company formed an alliance
with Potandon Produce LLC, a major U.S. supplier of fresh potatoes and licensee
of the Green Giant Fresh(R) brand name from the Pillsbury Company for use on
potatoes and onions. This alliance allows the Company to market fresh-cut french
fries to the food service market under the Green Giant Fresh(R) brand name.
Additionally, in 1997, the Company entered into a strategic alliance with
Farmington Fresh, a major grower and marketer of Fuji apples. Under this
alliance, the Company has licensed its "Apple Fresh(R)" processing aids and
provides flexible packaging and scientific and technical services in connection
with the production by Farmington Fresh of certain varieties of pre-packaged,
fresh-cut sliced apples, targeted at the retail market.
 
     The Company's goal is to become a world-class provider of products and
scientific and technical services designed to maintain the quality and integrity
of fresh-cut produce. The principal elements of the Company's business strategy
include: (i) continuing the Company's focus on developing and marketing
integrated produce systems solutions that incorporate the Company's processing
aids, packaging technologies and scientific and technical services, (ii) forming
and maintaining strategic alliances with leading produce companies which will
enable the Company to influence the sourcing, processing, distribution and
brand-name identification of fresh-cut products that utilize the Company's
technologies, and (iii) maintaining its commitment to scientific integrity in
its products and services.
 
     The Company's growth strategy is designed to capitalize on its proprietary
technologies and the growing market demand for fresh-cut produce by: (i)
continuing its focus on fresh-cut french fries, sweet corn, sliced apples and
"baby" carrots, four targeted produce categories for which the Company has a
commercially available proprietary product, has identified significant market
potential and has established key strategic alliances; (ii) introducing its
processing aid technology into new fruit and vegetable categories; (iii) cross-
marketing its complementary products and services to current and prospective
customers; (iv) expanding its growing international business, principally in
Europe; and (v) acquiring related packaging and scientific and technical service
companies.
 
     The Company's revenues consist of (i) revenues derived from the sale of
processing aids and flexible packaging, (ii) revenues derived from the sale of
certain fresh-cut fruits and vegetables, (iii) royalties from the sale of
certain fresh-cut fruits and vegetables, and (iv) fees received for scientific
and technical services provided by the Company. The Company's revenues from the
sale of produce and royalty revenues are derived from sales of various kinds and
varieties of fresh-cut fruits and vegetables which use the Company's proprietary
technologies and which the Company believes would not be available commercially
without the use of its proprietary technologies. Historically, substantially all
of the Company's revenues have been derived from the sale of flexible packaging
to the snack food, produce, bakery, and confectionery industries and for other
uses. The Company believes that its packaging technologies, coupled with
acquisitions of produce packagers, provide a platform to increase its sales of
packaging, processing aids and scientific and technical services to growers and
processors of fresh produce. Therefore, the Company anticipates that the
proportion of its revenues derived from the sale of its products and services
addressing the needs of the fresh-cut produce industry will increase over time
and constitute a significant portion of the Company's future revenue growth.
 
   
     The Company was incorporated in 1985 under the laws of the State of
Colorado. The Company's executive offices are located at 2 International Plaza,
Suite 245, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19113-1507, and its telephone number is
(610) 521-4400.
    
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   7
 
   
                              SELLING SHAREHOLDER
    
 
     The Selling Shareholder, Trilon Dominion Partners, L.L.C., a Delaware
limited liability company, is the beneficial owner of 1,402,236 shares of Common
Stock and 1,288,666 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of 1,933,000
of the Company's Series A 10% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the
"Series A Preferred Stock"). Founded in 1995, the Selling Shareholder is the
successor to a significant portion of the venture capital portfolio of Dominion
Capital, Inc. ("Dominion"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Dominion Resources,
Inc. In June 1995, Dominion contributed its investment in the Company, as well
as investments in 17 other portfolio companies, to the Selling Shareholder in
exchange for a significant membership interest in the Selling Shareholder. The
sole managing member of the Selling Shareholder is VC Holdings, Inc., a Delaware
corporation. The Operating Agreement of the Selling Shareholder contemplates a
three-year time horizon, to expire on December 31, 1998 (subject to extension),
to monetize all of the investments contributed by Dominion to the Selling
Shareholder. The sale by the Selling Shareholder of its entire holdings of
Common Stock is consistent with this stated objective and the sale of other
investments that comprise the Selling Shareholder's portfolio. See "Principal
and Selling Shareholders" and "Certain Transactions".
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
Common Stock Offered by the Company...        809,097 shares
 
Common Stock Offered by the Selling
Shareholder...........................      2,690,903 shares
 
   
Common Stock to be Outstanding after
the Offering..........................     11,230,868 shares(1)
    
 
Use of Proceeds by the Company........     To repay long-term debt, to make
                                           additional capital expenditures in
                                           its corn, potato and packaging
                                           businesses, and for working capital
                                           and general corporate purposes. See
                                           "Use of Proceeds."
 
   
Nasdaq SmallCap Market Symbol.........     EPTG(2)
    
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market
Symbol................................     EPTG
- ---------------
   
(1) Excludes (i) 1,758,125 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
    stock options outstanding at December 31, 1997, at a weighted average
    exercise price of $8.92 per share, (ii) 341,198 shares of Common Stock
    issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding at December 31, 1997, at a
    weighted average exercise price of $14.26 per share, and (iii) 165,555
    shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Company's Series A
    Preferred Stock (other than those shares to be converted into Common Stock
    by the Selling Shareholder in connection with this Offering) and conversion
    of the Company's Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series C
    Preferred Stock") outstanding at December 31, 1997. Also excludes 1,233,470
    shares of Common Stock issuable as of March 13, 1998, upon conversion of the
    Company's Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series D Preferred
    Stock"). As of December 31, 1997, an additional 512,125 shares of Common
    Stock were reserved for issuance under the Company's 1994 Stock Incentive
    Plan, as amended (the "Option Plan").
    
 
   
(2) For approximately 30 days after March 18, 1998, the Company's Common Stock
    is included in the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbol "EPTGD" to
    indicate the recent 1-for-2 reverse stock split.
    
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Investors should consider the material risk involved in connection with an
investment in the Common Stock and the impact to investors from various events
that could adversely affect the Company's business. See "Risk Factors."
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   8
 
                   SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
                     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              PRO FORMA(1)
                                                              ---------------------------------------------   ------------
                                                                                                               YEAR ENDED
                                                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                1994        1995        1996        1997          1997
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ------------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales.......................................................  $     578   $   3,240   $  11,314   $  19,953    $  26,781
Cost of Sales...............................................        387       2,469       9,136      18,090       23,714
Gross Profit................................................        191         771       2,178       1,863        3,067
Total operating expenses....................................      3,472       3,813       6,362       9,185       10,664
Net loss from operations....................................     (3,281)     (3,042)     (4,184)     (7,322)      (7,597)
Net loss....................................................     (3,373)     (3,320)     (4,296)     (7,187)      (7,291)
Net loss for common shareholders............................     (3,697)     (3,634)     (5,295)     (8,355)     (10,841)
Loss per common share.......................................  $   (1.02)  $   (0.78)  $   (0.71)  $   (1.00)   $   (1.29)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding........  3,629,362   4,655,529   7,436,759   8,372,537    8,372,537
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AT DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                              ----------------------------
                                                              HISTORICAL    AS ADJUSTED(2)
                                                              ----------    --------------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.............................................   $ 6,513         $14,746
Long-term debt, less current maturities.....................     1,792             215
Convertible Series D Preferred Stock........................    10,617          10,617
Accumulated deficit.........................................   (24,207)        (24,207)
Total shareholders' equity..................................     6,615          16,519
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) The Pro Forma Statement of Operations Data for the year ended December 31,
    1997 reflect (i) the Company's acquisition of Fabbri Artes Graficas Valencia
    S.A. ("Fabbri"), located in Valencia, Spain, which was consummated on
    December 11, 1997 (the "Fabbri Acquisition") and (ii) the $12.5 million
    private placement of the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series D Warrants
    consummated on November 11, 1997 (the "Series D Placement") as if both such
    transactions had occurred on January 1, 1997.
    
 
   
(2) Adjusted to give effect to the sale of 809,097 shares of Common Stock
    offered hereby by the Company at an assumed public offering price of $13.25
    per share (the last reported split-adjusted sales price, which assumes a
    price that is twice the pre-split price, on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market on
    March 13, 1998), and the application of the estimated net proceeds
    therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
    
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   9
 
   
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
    
 
   
     On March 13, 1998, the Company announced it had entered into an agreement
with American National Can Company ("ANC") to create a joint venture company to
market flexible packaging systems for the U.S. fresh produce market. ANC, a
major supplier of packaging materials and containers in the U.S. is a U.S.
subsidiary of Paris, France-based Pechiney (NYSE:PY), an international packaging
group with reported annual revenues of approximately $11.6 billion as of its
fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
    
 
   
     It is anticipated that the new company, ANC-RESPIRE LLC, will develop,
manufacture, market, promote and sell variety-specific, proprietary and other
packaging products to the fresh produce industry under a new brand
name - "ANC-RESPIRE."
    
 
   
     EPL and ANC will have equal ownership interests in the venture and intend
to introduce perforated film into the fresh produce market as the first of a
broad range of products designed to capitalize on the combined expertise of EPL
and ANC. The joint venture agreement has an initial three-year term (subject to
earlier termination) and can be extended upon the agreement of EPL and ANC.
    
 
   
     EPL believes that the new joint venture company will have competitive
advantages derived from the respective technologies and customer relationships
of each party. ANC is one of the world's leading manufacturers of flexible
packaging for a broad cross-section of industries, including the packaged food
industry. The Company believes that the significant manufacturing capability of
ANC and its knowledge of packaging technology, when combined with EPL's
variety-specific know-how and experience in produce microbiology and related
packaging requirements, will enhance ANC-Respire's ability to penetrate an
established and growing market.
    
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   10
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     An investment in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby is speculative
and involves a high degree of risk. Prospective investors should consider
carefully the following risk factors, in addition to the other information
presented in this Prospectus, before purchasing the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby.
 
     This Prospectus contains statements that constitute "forward-looking
statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act (and Section
21E of the Exchange Act). Such statements appear in a number of places in this
Prospectus and include statements regarding the intent, belief or expectations
of the Company, its directors or its officers with respect to, among other
things: (i) trends affecting the Company's financial condition or results of
operations; (ii) the Company's financing plans; (iii) the Company's business and
growth strategies; and (iv) the use of the net proceeds to the Company of this
Offering. Prospective investors are cautioned that any such forward-looking
statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and
uncertainties, and that actual results may differ materially from those
projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. The
accompanying information contained in this Prospectus, including without
limitation the information set forth under the headings "Risk Factors,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," and "Business," as well as information contained in the Company's
filings with the SEC, identify important factors that could cause such
differences.
 
   
     HISTORICAL LOSSES; UNCERTAINTY OF FUTURE PROFITABILITY.  To date, the
Company has generated limited revenues from operations. Primarily as a result of
expenses incurred in organization, efforts to build an appropriate
infrastructure, research and development and marketing activities, the Company
has accumulated net losses aggregating $24,207,000 through December 31, 1997.
The Company expects that it will continue to incur significant operating losses
until such time, if ever, that the Company is able to attain sales levels from
its products and services that are sufficient to support its operations. There
can be no assurance that the Company's products and services can be successfully
marketed or that the Company will ever achieve significant revenues or
profitable operations.
    
 
     LIMITED RELEVANT OPERATING HISTORY.  Historically, the Company operated
exclusively as a manufacturer and marketer of processing aids for fruits and
vegetables. After the advent of new management in December 1992, the Company
began to alter its operational and growth strategies by seeking to add
incremental resources and capabilities, in an effort to develop integrated
systems solutions designed to maintain the quality and integrity of fresh-cut
produce. Since 1994, a majority of the Company's revenues have been derived from
sales of packaging materials, a substantial portion of which are used in
applications in the snack food, bakery and confectionery industries, and for
other uses unrelated to the Company's systems approach to fresh produce.
However, the Company's long term growth will depend on the success of its
integrated systems solutions for fresh-cut produce, in general, and on its
processing aids, in particular. Consequently, the Company's limited relevant
operating history makes it difficult to predict future operating results on an
annual or quarterly basis. The Company's prospects must be considered in light
of the risks, uncertainties, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by
companies marketing new technologies in new and evolving markets. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes
thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
   
     FUTURE CAPITAL NEEDS; UNCERTAINTY OF ADDITIONAL FUNDING.  The Company has
sustained operating losses and, as of December 31, 1997, had accumulated net
losses aggregating $24,207,000. The Company's revenues have not been sufficient
to fund the development of the Company's business, and thus it has had to
finance its operating losses externally, principally through equity financing.
The Company's needs for capital, including for acquisitions, have been and are
expected to continue to be substantial as the Company pursues its operating and
growth strategies. The Company's continued ability to operate is dependent upon
its ability to obtain adequate financing and to achieve levels of revenue
necessary to support its cost structure. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be successful in obtaining additional financing on commercially
acceptable terms, if at all. Failure to obtain additional financing on terms
satisfactory to the Company could materially limit the Company's ability to fund
its operations and its growth plan.
    
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   11
 
     EXTENDED PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND SALES PROCESS.  The process by which the
Company develops and sells its integrated systems solutions for certain kinds
and varieties of fresh-cut produce is both expensive and time-consuming. After
preliminary discussions with a potential customer, the Company performs a
comprehensive review of the potential customer's methods and facilities and
initiates a series of tests in an effort to tailor the application of the
Company's proprietary and other technologies to the kind or variety of produce
to be processed. The Company also works closely with the potential customer to
develop a detailed protocol to be followed in processing such produce. Once the
development of this integrated systems solution is substantially complete, the
Company conducts increasingly sophisticated tests in an effort to refine the
prescribed solution before the potential customer makes any purchase decision.
Although the Company believes it has improved its sales efforts significantly,
the Company's product development and sales process continues to be lengthy and
resource intensive and could limit the Company's growth. Additionally, limited
awareness of the Company and its products in the marketplace and the highly
fragmented nature of the fresh-cut produce industry may extend the Company's
product development and sales process. The Company does not believe that this
process is likely to shorten significantly, and there can be no assurance that
the Company will have adequate resources to continue to fund this process.
 
     UNCERTAINTY OF MARKET ACCEPTANCE.  The Company's penetration to date of the
various markets it is seeking to develop has been limited. Some of the markets
targeted by the Company are newly defined or emerging, such as fresh-cut
potatoes and sliced apples. In light of the evolving nature of these markets,
there can be no assurance as to the ultimate or continuing level of demand for,
or market acceptance of, the Company's products or services. Consequently, there
is no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain sufficient market
acceptance of its processing aids to achieve profitability on a timely basis, or
at all. Failure to gain sufficient market acceptance for the Company's
processing aids would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.
 
     LIMITED MARKETING AND SALES EXPERIENCE.  The Company has limited experience
in marketing and selling its products and services as integrated systems
solutions designed to maintain the quality and integrity of fresh-cut produce.
The marketing and sales process requires use of scientific and technical
services and the Company's process engineering capabilities. To achieve broad
market penetration for its products, the Company will be required to develop an
expanded marketing and sales force, including technical and scientific service
and support personnel. Limited market awareness of the Company and its products,
the highly fragmented nature of the fresh produce processing industry and the
lengthy sales cycle for the Company's products heighten the need for an
increased number of sufficiently skilled marketing and sales personnel. There
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to recruit and retain skilled
sales, marketing, service or support personnel on a timely basis, or at all, or
that the Company's marketing and sales efforts will be successful. Failure to
further develop and maintain a marketing and sales staff would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
     MULTIPLE PRODUCT LINES.  The Company currently is engaged in three related
areas of business, which are focused primarily on the fresh-cut produce
industry: processing aids, packaging, and scientific and technical services. The
Company believes that its products and services are complementary and present
cross-marketing opportunities. However, there can be no assurance that the
Company's products or services can be successfully cross-marketed. Additionally,
if problems are encountered with any area of the Company's business, the
financial and personnel resources available to a business of the size of the
Company may be diverted from the other business areas, which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.
 
     DEPENDENCE ON PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY AND OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; RISKS
OF INFRINGEMENT OR MISAPPROPRIATION.  The Company's success is dependent in part
on its ability to obtain patent protection for its products, maintain trade
secret protection and operate without infringing the proprietary rights of
others. The Company currently has two U.S. patents, four U.S. patents pending
and numerous others licensed to the Company or under review for application.
Furthermore, the Company has two patents outside the U.S. and 23 patent
applications pending in countries outside the U.S. for its processing aid
technologies, with others under review. There can be no assurance that patent
applications owned by or licensed to the Company will be issued or that patents
issued or licensed to the Company will provide the Company with any competitive
advantages
                                        9
<PAGE>   12
 
or adequate protection for its products. Moreover, no assurance can be given
that any patents issued or licensed to the Company will not be challenged,
invalidated or circumvented by others. The Company's products might conflict
with the patent rights of others, whether existing now or in the future.
Alternatively, the products of others could infringe the patent rights of the
Company. Although the Company intends to defend its proprietary intellectual
property rights, the defense and prosecution of patent claims is costly and time
consuming, even if the outcome were favorable to the Company. An adverse outcome
could subject the Company to significant liabilities to third parties, require
that disputed rights be licensed from third parties or require the Company to
cease selling its products.
 
     The Company also relies on trade secrets and proprietary know-how, which it
seeks to protect in part by confidentiality agreements with its collaborators,
employees and consultants, as much of the Company's technology may not be
patentable. There can be no assurance that these agreements will not be
breached, that the Company will have adequate remedies for any such breach or
that the Company's trade secrets will not otherwise become known or be developed
independently by competitors.
 
     In addition, the Company uses certain trademarks owned by other companies
through licensing agreements. For example, the Company uses the Green Giant
Fresh(R) brand on its fresh-cut potato products sold to the food service
industry pursuant to a license agreement, the initial term of which expires in
2007. There can be no assurance that any such licensing agreements will not be
terminated or will be renewed in the future. The inability of the Company to use
the trademarks of such other companies in the future would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
     GOVERNMENT REGULATION; RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FOOD PROCESSING PRODUCTS.  The
Company is subject to numerous U.S. and foreign regulations. Although the
Company has concluded that the use of the Company's processing aids in
accordance with the Company's protocols is GRAS under FDA regulations, there is
a risk that new scientific information about an ingredient could change its GRAS
status, that the FDA could revise its regulations governing the GRAS status of
the ingredients, or that the FDA might take the position that an ingredient is
not GRAS under the current regulations. Any such change could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. In addition, the Company is subject to risks generally associated
with food processing products, which include, among others, that (i) production
defects may occur; (ii) an ingredient used in the Company's products may be
banned, have its use limited or be found to cause health problems; and (iii)
sales may be limited or discontinued due to perceived health concerns
(regardless of actual effects), adverse publicity or other reasons within or
beyond the control of the Company. Moreover, although the Company has concluded
that the use of the Company's processing aids in accordance with the Company's
recommended protocols currently does not require the Company's customers to list
the Company's processing aids in the list of ingredients on labels on fresh-cut
fruits and vegetables under the FDA's current labeling requirements for such
foods, and production of the Company's processing aids and packaging materials
has not been subject to intensive regulation, regulations applicable to the
Company and its products, including the FDA's requirements regarding current
"good manufacturing practices" and labelling requirements applicable to food,
may change. Any such change could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The FDA also regulates the material content of direct-contact food containers
and packages. The Company purchases the plastic film used in its food-related
packaging from third parties which guarantee or warrant the compliance of such
films with applicable FDA or foreign regulations. The failure, however, of any
such third party to comply with applicable regulations could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. See "Business -- Regulatory Matters."
 
     ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  The Company's packaging operations are subject to
federal, state and local U.S., U.K. and other European environmental laws and
regulations that impose limitations on the generation, storage, transport,
disposal and emission of various substances into the environment, including laws
that restrict the discharge of pollutants into the air and water and establish
standards for the treatment, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes.
The Company is subject to U.S. and foreign laws and regulations regarding the
use, storage, transport and disposal of inks used with its packaging products.
There can be no assurance that there will not be an accidental contamination,
disposal or injury from the use, storage, transport or disposal of inks used in
the Company's packaging business. Additionally, the Company's use of plastic
film
                                       10
<PAGE>   13
 
in its packaging operations may subject it, in certain jurisdictions, to laws
and regulations designed to reduce solid wastes by requiring, among other
things, plastics to be degradable in landfills, minimum levels of recycled
content, various recycling requirements, disposal fees and limits on the use of
plastic products. In addition, various consumer and special interest groups have
lobbied from time to time for the implementation of additional environmental
protection measures. The Company may be required to make capital expenditures in
response to changing compliance standards and environmental regulations.
Furthermore, unknown contamination of sites currently or formerly owned or
operated by the Company (including contamination caused by prior owners and
operators of such sites) and off-site disposal of hazardous substances and
wastes may give rise to additional compliance costs. There can be no assurance
that the Company will not incur liabilities for environmental matters in the
future, including those resulting from changes in environmental regulations,
that may have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Regulatory Requirements."
 
     INTEGRATION OF ACQUISITIONS; POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT OF RAPID
EXPANSION.  An element of the Company's growth strategy is the pursuit of
acquisitions that either expand or complement its existing lines of business.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to identify and acquire
acceptable acquisition candidates on terms favorable to the Company and in a
timely enough manner to the extent necessary to fulfill its expansion plans, or
that any such acquisitions can be operated profitably or successfully integrated
into the Company's operations. The Company's failure to complete acquisitions
and continue its expansion could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. As the Company proceeds
with its acquisition strategy, there can be no assurance that the Company's
management and financial controls, personnel, computer systems and other
corporate support systems will be adequate to manage the resulting increase in
the size and scope of the Company's operations. In addition, acquisitions
involve a number of special risks, including adverse short-term effects on the
Company's reported financial results, the diversion of management's attention,
the dependence on retention, hiring and training of key personnel, and risks
associated with unanticipated problems or legal liabilities, some or all of
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. Additionally, if the Company acquires an
existing business, a significant portion of the purchase price for such business
may be allocated to goodwill and intangibles if such acquisition does not
involve the purchase of significant amounts of tangible property. All of such
goodwill and intangibles must be amortized over time, which amortization would
reduce the Company's reported earnings.
 
     PRODUCT OBSOLESCENCE.  The market for products used in maintaining the
integrity of fresh-cut produce is characterized by changing technologies and
evolving industry standards, which could result in product obsolescence or short
product life cycles. The Company's ability to achieve and maintain
profitability, therefore, may be dependent upon its ability to continually
enhance its products and its related applications technology, which may require
the Company to make substantial, unexpected expenditures. The Company may find
it necessary to develop additional products and services to satisfy evolving
industry and customer requirements, which may consume significant funds and
resources. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to allocate
or obtain the funds and resources as may be necessary to improve its current
products or develop new products, or that the Company will be successful in such
efforts.
 
     RELIANCE ON KEY EMPLOYEES.  The Company's success is dependent upon the
efforts of certain key personnel, including Paul L. Devine, the Company's
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. The loss of the services of Mr.
Devine or other key employees could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Additional
suitably qualified staff will also need to be recruited and retained to expand
the business as planned. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to recruit or retain any such personnel to the extent necessary. The Company
currently maintains key person life insurance on Mr. Devine in the amount of
$1,000,000. The Company is not the beneficiary of any life insurance policies on
any other executive officers.
 
     COMPETITION.  The Company's direct, indirect and potential competitors
include producers of sulfites and "sulfite substitutes," as well as other
providers of alternative preservation and packaging technologies for fresh-cut
produce, including those employing temperature, gas and humidity control. Many
competitors and potential competitors, particularly in the market for produce
packaging, are larger, have greater financial,
                                       11
<PAGE>   14
 
marketing, sales, distribution, technological and management resources, and
enjoy greater name recognition than does the Company. Certain of these companies
may also enjoy long-standing relationships with processors of fresh produce.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete
effectively against such competitors and potential competitors.
 
   
     POTENTIAL FOR DILUTION FROM OUTSTANDING SECURITIES.  To the extent
outstanding options or warrants are exercised or shares of preferred stock are
converted, there will be dilution to new investors. At December 31, 1997, (i)
1,758,125 shares of Common Stock were issuable upon exercise of outstanding
stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $8.92 per share, (ii)
341,198 shares of Common Stock were issuable upon exercise of warrants
outstanding, at a weighted average exercise price of $14.26 per share, and (iii)
165,555 shares of Common Stock were issuable upon conversion of the Company's
Series A Preferred Stock (other than those shares to be converted into Common
Stock by the Selling Shareholder in connection with this Offering) and Series C
Preferred Stock outstanding. As of March 13, 1998, the outstanding shares of
Series D Preferred Stock are convertible into 1,233,470 shares of Common Stock.
See "Description of Capital Stock."
    
 
     INTERNATIONAL SALES.  A significant portion of the Company's revenues is
earned outside of the United States, principally in Europe, and, therefore, is
subject to the risks associated with international sales, including economic or
political instability, shipping delays, changes in regulation, adverse tax
consequences and various trade restrictions, all of which could have a
significant impact on the Company's ability to deliver products on a competitive
and timely basis. Future imposition of, or significant increases in the level
of, customs, duties, export quotas or other trade restrictions, could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries do not
protect the Company's intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the
laws of the United States, although this effect is lessened in countries that
adhere to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Although the impact of
currency fluctuation has not been significant in the past with respect to the
Company's operations in the U.K., the impact of future fluctuations in exchange
rates cannot be predicted with any measure of accuracy. As the Company increases
its operations abroad, particularly in light of the Fabbri Acquisition, no
assurance can be given that any future exchange rate fluctuations will not have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.
 
     CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS.  Because the Company's
business relies, both directly and indirectly, on the availability of fresh
produce, the Company's results of operations will be subject to certain risks
associated with agricultural products. The market for agricultural products is
unpredictable and volatile, and is affected by numerous factors. The most
important of such factors are weather conditions and patterns, current and
projected produce stocks and prices, and governmental agricultural policies,
including those that directly or indirectly influence the number of acres
planted, the mix of crops planted, and crop prices. Any or all of such factors
may adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
     PRICE AND AVAILABILITY OF RAW MATERIALS.  The Company's results of
operations may be affected by the price and availability of raw materials used
in the Company's products. Should there be an increase in the price of one or
more of the raw materials used in the manufacture of the Company's products, the
Company may not be able to increase sufficiently the sales price of its products
to compensate for any such increase in raw material costs. Certain of the raw
materials used in the Company's products are obtained from single source
suppliers and the Company has not arranged for alternative supply sources. The
Company's inability to obtain sufficient quantities of such raw materials on
commercially reasonable terms, or in a timely manner, would have a material
adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
     SEASONALITY AND FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS.  Although,
historically, the management of the Company has not discerned a seasonal pattern
in the Company's business on a consolidated basis, certain aspects of the
Company's business are seasonal. For example, Fabbri, one of the Company's
subsidiaries, historically has reported relatively higher sales and income in
the Company's first and fourth fiscal quarters because of the timing of citrus
and other crop harvests. The Company's results of operations may become subject
to greater seasonality as its various businesses develop at different rates.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   15
 
     The Company may experience significant quarter to quarter fluctuations in
its results of operations. Quarterly results of operations may fluctuate as a
result of a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the timing, market
acceptance and speed of nationwide roll-outs of fresh-cut potato, corn and apple
products by the Company or through its strategic alliances and the timing of
introduction, commercialization and market acceptance of other such produce
products that utilize the Company's proprietary processing aids. In addition,
significant quarterly fluctuations may occur due to the timing of any new
acquisitions. Additional factors that may affect the quarter to quarter results
of operations include competitive conditions in the industry and general
economic conditions. As a result, the Company believes that period to period
comparisons of its results of operations are not necessarily meaningful or
indicative of the results that the Company may achieve in any subsequent
quarters or full years. Such quarterly fluctuations may result in volatility in
the market price of the Common Stock of the Company, and it is possible that in
future quarters the Company's results of operations could be below the
expectations of the public markets. Such an event could have a material adverse
effect on the market price of the Common Stock of the Company.
 
     PRODUCT LIABILITY.  The Company's agreements with its customers typically
contain provisions designed to limit the Company's exposure to potential product
liability claims. These agreements generally contain provisions such as
disclaimers of warranties and limitations on liability. It is possible, however,
that the limitation of liability provisions contained in such agreements may not
be effective as a result of existing or future federal, state or local laws or
ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions. Although EPL has not experienced
any product liability claims to date, the sale and support of products by the
Company may entail the risk of such claims. Although the Company currently
maintains product liability insurance coverage, there can be no assurance that
this coverage will be adequate to protect the Company against future product
liability claims or that product liability insurance will be available to the
Company in the future on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Furthermore,
there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to avoid significant
product liability claims and the attendant adverse publicity. Consequently, a
product liability claim or other claim with respect to uninsured or underinsured
liabilities could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.
 
   
     RELIANCE ON KEY CUSTOMERS.  For the year ended December 31, 1997, on a pro
forma basis reflecting the Fabbri Acquisition, two packaging customers accounted
for an aggregate of approximately 22% of the Company's total sales. The Company
has entered into strategic alliances with certain of its major customers;
however, there can be no assurance that the Company's customer relationships can
be maintained. The loss of any of the Company's major customers could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.
    
 
     Furthermore, the development and evolution of markets for the Company's
processing aids is substantially dependent upon the efforts of its customers.
Although the Company believes that its customers will be motivated to
commercialize the products covered by these relationships in a timely and
effective manner, the amount of financial and other resources devoted to these
activities generally is beyond the Company's control.
 
   
     DILUTION IN THIS OFFERING.  Purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby
will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $12.17 per share,
assuming a public offering price of $13.25 (the last reported split-adjusted
sales price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market on March 13,
1998), in the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock from the public
offering price. See "Dilution."
    
 
     POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF SHARE PRICE.  The market price of the Common Stock
could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to the Company's
operating results and other factors, and there can be no assurance that the
market price of the Common Stock will not decline below the public offering
price herein. Factors such as operating results, contractual arrangements with
customers, natural disasters or other developments relating to the Company's
products or its competitors, changes in analysts' estimates or in conditions of
the economy or the financial markets, and regulatory changes, as well as changes
within the industry, may have a significant effect on the market price of the
Common Stock. In addition, the stock market has experienced from time to time
extreme price and volume fluctuations that may be unrelated to the operating
performance of particular companies. Historically, the average daily trading
volume of the Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market has been
relatively low. Additionally, liquidity could be
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   16
 
adversely affected by the reduced number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
after the proposed 1-for-2 reverse stock split. There can be no assurance that a
more active trading market will develop in the future. See "Price Range of
Common Stock."
 
     DIVIDEND POLICY.  Other than in connection with the payment of accumulated
dividends, which have not been declared or paid, on its Series A Preferred
Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock
(collectively with the Series D Preferred Stock, the "Preferred Stock"), the
Company intends to retain earnings, if any, which may be generated from
operations to finance the expansion and development of its business. No cash
dividends have been declared or paid to date on the Common Stock or the
Preferred Stock. The Company does not expect to declare or pay cash dividends to
the holders of the Common Stock in the foreseeable future and no such dividends
may be declared or paid until all accumulated dividends on the Series A, Series
B and Series C Preferred Stock have been paid. See "Dividend Policy."
 
   
     SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE.  Upon completion of this Offering, the
Company will have 11,230,868 shares of Common Stock outstanding (11,755,868
shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), and an
additional 1,326,803 shares of Common Stock will be issuable upon conversion of
Preferred Stock. The 3,500,000 shares offered hereby (4,025,000 shares if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be freely
tradeable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act.
Substantially all of the remaining shares, including those shares issuable upon
conversion of the Preferred Stock, are registered with the SEC pursuant to
registration statements currently declared effective by the SEC, or are
otherwise freely tradeable without restriction, except for approximately
1,861,149 shares which are held by "affiliates" of the Company within the
meaning of the Securities Act and not covered by an effective registration
statement, which will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144. In
addition, an aggregate of 1,886,875 shares are issuable upon the exercise of
outstanding stock options and 299,598 shares are issuable upon the exercise of
warrants. An additional 380,875 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance
under the Option Plan. The Company, its executive officers and directors, and
the Selling Shareholder have agreed that they will not, without the prior
written consent of Prudential Securities Incorporated, on behalf of the
Underwriters, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, offer to sell, contract to
sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, or otherwise sell or dispose of (or
announce any offer, sale, offer of sale, contract of sale, pledge, grant of any
option to purchase or other sale or disposition of) any shares of Common Stock
or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable for shares of Common
Stock or other similar securities of the Company, currently beneficially owned
or hereafter acquired by such persons, for a period of 180 days after the date
of this Prospectus. Prudential Securities Incorporated may, in its sole
discretion, at any time and without prior notice, release all or any portion of
the shares of Common Stock subject to such agreements. Further sales of
substantial amounts of Common Stock (including shares issued upon the exercise
of outstanding options and warrants) in the public market after this Offering or
the prospect of such sales could adversely affect the market price of the Common
Stock and may have a material adverse effect on the Company's ability to raise
any necessary capital to fund its future operations.
    
 
     CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS; ANTI-TAKEOVER CONSIDERATIONS.  After the
Offering, Paul L. Devine, the Company's Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer, will beneficially own or control approximately 6.6% of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock (6.4%, assuming that the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). Lancer Partners, L.P. will own
approximately 16.0% of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock (15.3%,
assuming that the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full).
Such persons will have the ability to significantly influence the election of
the Company's directors and the outcome of all other issues submitted to the
Company's shareholders. The beneficial ownership of such persons, together with
the ability of the Board of Directors of the Company to issue shares of
preferred stock and to fix the rights and preferences thereof, also may have the
effect of delaying, deferring or preventing an unsolicited change in the control
of the Company, which may adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock
or the ability of shareholders to participate in a transaction in which they
might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. See "Management" and
"Principal and Selling Shareholders."
 
     YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE.  The Company uses a significant number of computer
software programs and operating systems in its internal operations, including
applications used in manufacturing, product development, financial business
systems and various administrative functions. To the extent that these software
                                       14
<PAGE>   17
 
applications contain source code that is unable to appropriately interpret the
upcoming calendar year "2000," some level of modification or even possibly
replacement of such source code or applications will be necessary. The Company
is currently in the process of completing its identification of software
applications that are not "Year 2000" compliant and expects to make appropriate
responses to address any issue identified. Given the information known at this
time about the Company's systems, coupled with the Company's ongoing, normal
course-of-business efforts to upgrade or replace business critical systems as
necessary, it is currently not anticipated that these "Year 2000" costs will
have any material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition
or results of operations. However, the Company is still in the preliminary
stages of analyzing its software applications and, to the extent they are not
fully "Year 2000" compliant, there can be no assurance that the costs necessary
to update software, or potential systems interruptions, would not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or
results of operations.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   18
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Common Stock by
the Selling Shareholder. The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the
809,097 shares of Common Stock being offered by the Company hereby, at an
assumed public offering price of $13.25 per share (the last reported
split-adjusted sales price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market on
March 13, 1998) and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
the Company's estimated Offering expenses, are estimated to be $9,903,978
($16,442,853 if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full).
See "Principal and Selling Shareholders."
    
 
   
     The Company expects to use approximately $1,853,000 of the estimated net
proceeds of this Offering to repay outstanding borrowings under its credit
facility for its U.K. operations (the "U.K. Credit Facility"), and the remainder
to make additional capital expenditures in its corn, potato and packaging
businesses and for working capital and general corporate purposes, including the
possibility that the Company may use a portion of the net proceeds of the
Offering for the acquisition of businesses, products and technologies that are
complementary to those of the Company (for which additional equity or debt
financing may be required), although no such acquisitions are currently being
negotiated and no portion of the net proceeds has been allocated for any
specific acquisition. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that suitable
acquisition candidates will be identified or that any acquisition will be
consummated. The U.K. Credit Facility includes a term loan and a revolving
facility. The term loan matures in annual installments from December 1998
through December 2003. Upon repayment, the Company expects that the revolving
facility, in the amount of $660,000 (assuming an exchange rate of L1:$1.65),
will remain available for borrowings. The revolving facility matures in annual
installments from December 2001 through December 2003. Borrowings under both the
term loan and the revolving facility bear interest at a variable rate equal to a
base rate (currently 7.25%) plus 2% to 2.25%. Pending such uses, the Company
intends to invest the net proceeds in interest-bearing, investment grade
securities or guaranteed obligations of the United States government. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     Other than in connection with the payment of accumulated dividends, which
have not been declared or paid, on its Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock (collectively with the
Series D Preferred Stock, the "Preferred Stock"), the Company intends to retain
earnings, if any, which may be generated from operations to finance the
expansion and development of its business. No cash dividends have been declared
or paid to date on the Common Stock. The Company does not expect to declare or
pay cash dividends to the holders of the Common Stock in the foreseeable future
and no such dividends may be declared or paid until all accumulated dividends on
the Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock have been paid. See Note 9
to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and "Description of Capital
Stock."
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   19
 
                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
 
     The Company's Common Stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market
under the symbol "EPTG" in July 1996. From September 1995 to July 1996, the
Common Stock traded on the National Association of Securities Dealers "bulletin
board." Prior to September 1995, the Common Stock traded on the National
Association of Securities Dealers "pink sheets." An application has been made to
include the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "EPTG."
The following table sets forth the high and low reported sales prices for the
Company's Common Stock during the periods indicated (reflecting actual prices
before the reverse stock split and assuming a post-split price that is twice the
pre-split price):
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 HIGH                LOW
                                                            ---------------    ---------------
                                                            PRE-     POST-     PRE-     POST-
                                                            SPLIT    SPLIT     SPLIT    SPLIT
                                                            -----    ------    -----    ------
<S>                                                         <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
1996
     First quarter........................................  $5.88    $11.75    $3.06     $6.13
     Second quarter.......................................   9.00     18.00     4.75      9.50
     Third quarter........................................   7.63     15.25     5.00     10.00
     Fourth quarter.......................................   7.13     14.25     4.00      8.00
1997
     First quarter........................................   6.68     13.38     4.88      9.75
     Second quarter.......................................   6.56     13.13     4.00      8.00
     Third quarter........................................   9.06     18.13     5.63     11.25
     Fourth quarter.......................................   9.63     19.25     5.00     10.00
1998
     First quarter (through March 13, 1998)...............   7.25     14.50     5.00     10.00
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     On March 13, 1998, the last reported split-adjusted sales price of the
Company's Common Stock was $13.25 on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbol
"EPTG." For approximately 30 days after March 18, 1998, the Company's Common
Stock is included in the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbol "EPTGD" to
indicate the recent 1-for-2 reverse stock split. As of March 13, 1998, there
were approximately 300 holders of record of the Company's Common Stock.
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   20
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
     The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 1997 the actual
capitalization of the Company and the capitalization of the Company as adjusted
to reflect the sale of the 809,097 shares of Common Stock being offered by the
Company in this Offering at an assumed public offering price of $13.25 per share
(the last reported split-adjusted sales price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market on March 13, 1998) and the application by the Company of the
estimated net proceeds therefrom (less the underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated Offering expenses payable by the Company), and the
conversion of 1,933,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 1,288,666 shares
of Common Stock by the Selling Shareholder in connection with the Offering. See
"Use of Proceeds" and "Principal and Selling Shareholders." This table should be
read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related
Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                              ----------------------
                                                               ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                              --------   -----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Current portion of long-term debt...........................       396         215
Long-term debt..............................................     1,792         120
Convertible Series D Preferred Stock, $0.01 par
  value -- authorized, issued and outstanding, 12,500
  shares(1).................................................    10,617      10,617
Shareholders' equity:
  Convertible Series A Preferred Stock, $1.00 par
  value -- authorized, 3,250,000 shares; issued and
  outstanding, 2,073,000 shares actual and 140,000 shares as
  adjusted(2)...............................................     2,073         140
  Convertible Series C Preferred Stock, $0.01 par
  value -- authorized, issued and outstanding, 144,444
  shares(2)(3)..............................................        --          --
  Undesignated Preferred Stock $0.01 par
  value -- authorized, 3,843,056 shares; issued and
  outstanding, no shares actual or as adjusted..............        --          --
  Common Stock, $0.01 par value -- authorized, 50,000,000
  shares; issued and outstanding, 9,047,982 shares actual
  and 11,145,746 shares as adjusted(2)......................         9          11
  Additional paid-in capital................................    28,698      40,533
  Accumulated deficit.......................................   (24,207)    (24,207)
  Foreign currency translation adjustments..................        42          42
                                                              --------    --------
  Total shareholders' equity................................     6,615      16,519
                                                              --------    --------
Total capitalization........................................  $ 19,420    $ 27,471
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) As of March 13, 1998, the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock are
    convertible into an aggregate of 1,233,470 shares of Common Stock.
    
 
   
(2) Excludes (i) 1,758,125 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon
    exercise of options outstanding at December 31, 1997 at a weighted average
    exercise price of $8.92 per share and (ii) 341,198 shares of Common Stock
    issuable upon the exercise of warrants at a weighted average exercise price
    of $14.26 per share. As of December 31, 1997, an additional 512,125 shares
    of Common Stock were reserved for issuance under the Company's Option Plan.
    All of the outstanding shares of the Company's Series B Preferred Stock were
    converted into an aggregate of 265,957 shares of Common Stock on August 20,
    1997. As of December 31, 1997, the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred
    Stock and Series C Preferred Stock were convertible into an aggregate of
    165,555 shares of Common Stock.
    
 
   
(3) All of the outstanding shares of the Company's Series C Preferred Stock were
    converted into an aggregate of 72,222 shares of Common Stock on March 6,
    1998.
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   21
 
                                    DILUTION
 
   
     Purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby will experience an immediate
and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of their Common Stock
from the public offering price. The net tangible book value of the Company as of
December 31, 1997 was $2.2 million, or $0.24 per share of Common Stock. Net
tangible book value represents the amount of the Company's tangible net worth
divided by the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of December
31, 1997. After giving effect to the sale of 809,097 shares of Common Stock by
the Company in the Offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom (at an assumed public offering price of $13.25 per share, the last
reported split-adjusted sales price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq SmallCap
Market on March 13, 1998, and after the deduction of underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated Offering expenses payable by the Company), the pro
forma net tangible book value of the Company as of December 31, 1997 would have
been $12.1 million or $1.08 per share of Common Stock. This represents an
immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.84 per share to existing
shareholders and an immediate dilution of $12.17 per share to purchasers of
shares in the Offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
     Assumed public offering price..........................                $    13.25
            Net tangible book value at December 31, 1997....  $     0.24
            Increase attributable to new investors..........        0.84
                                                              ----------
     Pro forma net tangible book value after the Offering...                      1.08
                                                                            ----------
     Dilution in net tangible book value to new
      investors(1)..........................................                $    12.17
                                                                            ==========
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
   
     The calculation of pro forma net tangible book value and the other
computations above assume no exercise of outstanding options or warrants or the
conversion of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock (other than those shares to
be converted into Common Stock by the Selling Shareholder in connection with
this Offering) or Series C Preferred Stock. At December 31, 1997, (i) 1,758,125
shares of Common Stock were issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options
at a weighted average exercise price of $8.92 per share which, if exercised,
would provide the Company with gross proceeds of approximately $15,689,000, (ii)
341,198 shares of Common Stock were issuable upon exercise of warrants
outstanding, at a weighted average exercise price of $14.26 per share which, if
exercised, would provide the Company with gross proceeds of approximately
$4,866,000, and (iii) 165,555 shares of Common Stock were issuable upon
conversion of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock (other than those shares to
be converted into Common Stock by the Selling Shareholder in connection with
this Offering) and Series C Preferred Stock outstanding. As of March 13, 1998,
the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock are convertible into an
aggregate of 1,233,470 shares of Common Stock. To the extent the outstanding
options or warrants are exercised or shares of Preferred Stock are converted,
there will be further dilution to purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby.
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   22
 
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following table sets forth selected condensed consolidated statement of
operations and balance sheet data for the Company. The selected condensed
consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997
and as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 are derived from the audited Consolidated
Financial Statements of the Company, which are included elsewhere in this
Prospectus, and are qualified by reference to such Consolidated Financial
Statements and the related Notes thereto. The selected condensed consolidated
financial data for the years ended December 31, 1993, and 1994 and as of
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 are derived from audited consolidated financial
statements of the Company not included herein. The selected consolidated
financial data set forth below is qualified in its entirety by, and should be
read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, the related
Notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1993           1994           1995           1996          1997
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ----------
                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales..........................   $      178     $      578     $    3,240    $    11,314    $   19,953
Cost of Sales..................           47            387          2,469          9,136        18,090
Gross Profit...................          131            191            771          2,178         1,863
Total operating expenses.......        2,768          3,472          3,813          6,362         9,185
Loss from operations...........       (2,637)        (3,281)        (3,042)        (4,184)       (7,322)
Net loss.......................       (2,666)        (3,373)        (3,320)        (4,296)       (7,187)
Net loss for common
  shareholders.................       (2,666)        (3,697)        (3,634)        (5,295)       (8,355)
Net loss per common share......   $    (0.88)    $    (1.02)    $    (0.78)   $     (0.71)   $    (1.00)
Weighted average number of
  common shares................    3,035,620      3,629,362      4,655,529      7,436,759     8,372,537
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1993           1994           1995           1996          1997
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ----------
                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF
  PERIOD):
Working capital (deficiency)...   $     (623)    $     (378)    $    1,167    $     2,269    $    6,513
Total assets...................        2,630          3,189         10,041         15,215        26,200
Long-term debt.................           76          1,812            844          1,554         1,792
Total liabilities..............          984          2,771          3,665          6,797         8,967
Series D Convertible Preferred
  Stock........................           --             --             --             --        10,617
Accumulated deficit............       (4,670)        (8,043)       (11,363)       (16,283)      (24,207)
Total shareholders' equity.....   $    1,646     $      418     $    6,376    $     8,418    $    6,615
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   23
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
     The Company is a leading developer, manufacturer and marketer of
proprietary produce processing aids, packaging technologies, and scientific and
technical services, which are designed to maintain the quality and integrity of
fresh-cut produce. The Company designs products which are components of
integrated systems solutions, specifically to address the needs of a variety of
fresh-cut produce categories. The foundation of the Company's integrated system
is its proprietary produce processing aid technology, which inhibits the natural
enzymatic degradation of fruits and vegetables after they have been processed.
Fresh-cut fruits and vegetables that are treated with the Company's proprietary
processing aids better maintain their natural characteristics, such as color,
texture, taste and smell. In certain fresh-cut produce categories, such as
fresh-cut sliced apples, fresh-cut potatoes and fresh corn, the Company's
processing aids allow increased availability of these fresh-cut produce products
in retail and commercial markets. The Company has concluded that the use of the
Company's processing aids, in accordance with the Company's recommended
protocols, is GRAS under FDA regulations. The Company also uses a variety of
film technologies to create packaging specifically designed to complement and
enhance the effectiveness of the Company's processing aids by allowing fruits
and vegetables to "breathe" after they have been cut and packaged. The Company
markets these packaging products to produce growers and processors. The Company
also markets flexible packaging for uses in the snack food, bakery and
confectionery industries, and for other uses. In addition, the Company's
scientific and technical services, which include food safety and microbiological
testing, provide fresh produce processors with expertise in food safety,
post-harvest horticulture and processing techniques, and serve to support the
cross-marketing efforts for the Company's other products.
 
     The Company's revenues consist of (i) revenues derived from the sale of
processing aids and flexible packaging, (ii) revenues derived from the sale of
certain fresh-cut fruits and vegetables, (iii) royalties from the sale of
certain fresh-cut fruits and vegetables and (iv) fees received for scientific
and technical services provided by the Company. The Company's revenues from the
sale of produce and royalty revenues are derived from sales of various kinds and
varieties of fresh-cut fruits and vegetables which use the Company's proprietary
technologies and which the Company believes would not be available commercially
without such use. Historically, substantially all of the Company's revenues have
been derived from the sale of flexible packaging to the snack food, produce,
bakery, and confectionery industries and for other uses. The Company believes
that its packaging technologies, coupled with acquisitions of produce packagers,
provide a platform to increase its sales of packaging, processing aids and
scientific and technical services to growers and processors of fresh produce.
Therefore, the Company expects that the proportion of its revenues derived from
the sale of its products and services addressing the needs of the fresh-cut
produce industry will increase over time and constitute a significant portion of
the Company's future revenue growth.
 
     Prior to 1994, the Company was a development-stage enterprise with limited
capital resources and limited revenues operating exclusively as a manufacturer
and marketer of processing aids. After the advent of new management and an
infusion of capital in December 1992, the Company began to expand its business
to include packaging and scientific and technical services in an effort to
develop integrated systems solutions designed to maintain and support the
quality and integrity of fresh-cut produce. The Company has made the following
acquisitions to accomplish this objective:
 
     - In September 1994, the Company acquired Respire Films, Inc. ("Respire"),
       a U.S.-based business involved in the marketing of packaging films.
 
     - In September 1995, the Company acquired Bakery Packaging Services
       Limited, based near Runcorn, England (the "Runcorn Facility"). The
       Runcorn Facility provided the Company with a U.K. base for packaging,
       together with access to numerous produce and other food companies in the
       U.K. and elsewhere in Europe. The Runcorn Facility also provided the
       Company with proprietary perforating technology to enhance the Company's
       strategic position, as well as an incremental source of packaging
       revenue. The U.K. packaging business was further enhanced by the
       acquisition of a food-grade printing facility and certain other assets
       located at Gainsborough, Lincolnshire, England (the "Gainsborough
       Facility"), from Printpack Europe (St. Helens) Limited in July 1996. The
       Company
                                       21
<PAGE>   24
 
       has consolidated the operations of the Runcorn Facility and the
       Gainsborough Facility into those of its subsidiary, EPL Flexible
       Packaging Limited ("EPL Flexible").
 
     - In April 1996, the Company acquired the assets of Pure Produce, Inc.
       ("Pure Produce") based in Worcester, Massachusetts, providing the Company
       with in-house scientific and technical capabilities, specifically in the
       areas of food safety and microbiological testing.
 
     - In July 1996, the Company acquired Crystal Plastics, Inc. ("Crystal"),
       located outside Chicago, to provide a base for the proprietary gas flame
       perforation equipment and increase the Company's packaging presence in
       the U.S. Crystal uses "K" and polystyrene resins to manufacture and
       convert a range of films for numerous applications, some of which are
       used to support the Company's U.S. packaging business as a part of the
       Company's integrated systems solutions. Crystal also provides the U.S.
       base for facilitating fulfillment of an exclusive agreement with E.I.
       duPont de Nemours & Co. Inc. ("DuPont"), whereby the Company provides all
       of DuPont's perforating requirements for DuPont's Mylar(R) films (the
       "DuPont Agreement").
 
     - In October 1997, the Company acquired California Microbiological
       Consulting, Inc., based in Walnut Creek, California ("CMC"). Together
       with Pure Produce, CMC specializes in food safety, forensic testing and
       microbiological consulting, and provides the Company with scientific and
       technical facilities on the East and West Coasts.
 
     - In December 1997, the Company acquired Fabbri Artes Graficas Valencia
       S.A., a converter, printer and marketer of specialty flexible packaging,
       serving principally the European produce market, based in Valencia,
       Spain. This acquisition complements and enhances the Company's existing
       U.K.-based packaging businesses, providing incremental capacity for more
       efficient production of the combined product mix, as well as a strategic
       foothold on the European continent for the launch of the Company's
       related processing aid and scientific and technical services businesses.
 
     The Company's packaging technologies complement and enhance the
effectiveness of its processing aids, making packaging an integral component of
the integrated system. In marketing its packaging technologies, the Company
works closely with its customers to determine optimal packaging characteristics
for the customer's products, thereby being in a position to influence a
customer's buying decision with respect to its packaging needs. The Company's
packaging business also provides a revenue stream that helps to fund market
development and the Company's lengthy sales process, and the presence of its
packaging infrastructure in regions where produce is grown enhances its sales
prospects to produce growers and processors.
 
     The scientific and technical services the Company provides complement the
processing aids and packaging as a part of its integrated systems solutions. The
Company's scientific and technical expertise provides the Company with an
expanding base of knowledge about food technology, and the Company believes this
expertise helps to establish credibility with customers and support the
commercialization of the Company's products.
 
     The Company markets its processing aids, packaging technologies and
scientific and technical services to processors of packaged, fresh-cut produce
as part of integrated systems solutions for processing fresh-cut produce. To
this end, the Company has been developing relationships with produce processors
and other companies in an effort to penetrate further the fresh-cut produce
market.
 
     - In July 1996, the Company formed NewCorn Co LLC ("Newcorn"), a limited
       liability company in which the Company has a 51% membership interest.
       Newcorn is a joint venture among the Company and Underwood Ranches and
       Twin Garden Farms, two major regional growers and processors of fresh-cut
       sweet corn. Newcorn processes, packages, markets and sells fresh-cut corn
       products using the Company's processing aids and packaging materials,
       with the aim of developing year-round, nationally available branded
       fresh-cut corn products.
 
     - Effective September 22, 1997, the Company executed a ten-year exclusive
       trademark license agreement (subject to extension) and strategic alliance
       with Potandon Produce LLC ("Potandon"), a Green Giant Fresh(R) brand
       licensee of the Pillsbury Company. The agreement is subject to the terms
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   25
 
       of Potandon's license of the Green Giant Fresh(R) brand, and contains
       certain minimum royalty requirements and other customary provisions.
       During the first three years of the term of the agreement, Potandon has
       the option to require the Company to negotiate in good faith to form a
       business entity in which Potandon and the Company would jointly
       participate in the fresh-cut potato products business on terms yet to be
       established. The Company sells fresh-cut potato products, such as french
       fries, to the food service industry under the Green Giant Fresh(R) brand
       name, utilizing the Company's "Potato Fresh(R) System" processing aid
       technologies and related protocols in processing potatoes supplied by
       Potandon. In order to produce and market its fresh-cut potato products,
       the Company uses one co-packer and plans to add several other regional
       co-packers, and is building a dedicated sales and marketing
       infrastructure to support its efforts.
 
    -  In October 1997, the Company entered into a strategic alliance with
       Farmington Fresh, a major grower and marketer of Fuji apples. Under this
       alliance, the Company has licensed its "Apple Fresh(R)" processing aids
       and provides flexible packaging and scientific and technical services in
       connection with the production by Farmington Fresh of certain varieties
       of fresh-cut sliced apples. The agreement, which currently extends until
       December 2002, grants Farmington Fresh production exclusivity in its
       local geographic market. In addition to revenues from sales of the
       Company's processing aids, packaging and scientific and technical
       services, the agreement entitles the Company to receive a royalty from
       each package of fresh-cut apple slices sold.
 
   
    -  On March 13, 1998, the Company announced that it had entered into an
       agreement with ANC to create a joint venture company to market flexible
       packaging systems for the U.S. fresh produce market. Although the Company
       believes that this joint venture will have a favorable impact on the
       Company's results of operations, no assurance can be given as to the
       timing or extent of any such impact. The Company will account for such
       joint venture under the equity method of accounting. For further
       discussion of this joint venture, see "Recent Developments."
    
 
   
     Management believes changes in prices of raw materials for its products
have not had a material effect on the Company's results of operations; however,
as the Company's business becomes more reliant upon sales of its processing
aids, results of operations may be more susceptible to the effects of changing
prices due to the pricing of certain kinds of produce, as well as ingredients
used in the Company's processing aids.
    
 
   
  Year Ended December 31, 1997 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1996
    
 
   
     Sales. Sales increased from $11,314,000 in 1996 to $19,953,000 in 1997, an
increase of $8,639,000 or 76%. Sales of processing aids in the U.S. and Europe
increased from $1,327,000 in 1996 to $3,035,000 in 1997, an increase of
$1,708,000 or 129%. Sales of U.S. packaging materials increased from $1,717,000
in 1996 to $2,716,000 in 1997, an increase of $999,000 or 58%. Sales of U.K. and
European packaging materials increased from $8,270,000 in 1996 to $14,202,000 in
1997, an increase of $5,932,000 or 72%.
    
 
   
     The increase in processing aid sales was mainly due to the inclusion of a
full year of revenue from the sale of fresh-cut corn through the Company's
majority-owned affiliate, Newcorn, which commenced sales in the third quarter of
1996, as well as internal growth. The Company is continuing to focus on the sale
and development of its processing aid technologies, particularly with respect to
corn, potatoes and apples. Product testing continues, and in some cases has been
expanded or accelerated, and significant costs have been incurred to date which
have yet to yield material revenues. Some of the initial results of this work
are evidenced by the agreements with Potandon and Farmington Fresh. The Company
believes that both of these agreements have the potential to result in increased
sales in the future, although there can be no assurance that this will be the
case.
    
 
   
     The growth in the U.S. packaging materials business was principally
attributable to the inclusion of a full year of the results of operations of
Crystal, which was acquired in the third quarter of 1996, and, to a lesser
extent, growth in the Company's Respire business. The sales increase in the U.K.
and Europe of packaging materials was principally attributable to internal
growth in the core packaging business, the inclusion of a full year of the
results of operations attributable to EPL Flexible's Gainsborough facility, and,
to a lesser extent, sales attributable to Fabbri, which was acquired in December
1997.
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   26
 
   
     In 1997, two packaging customers, Walkers Snack Foods Ltd., a division of
Frito-Lay Europe, a subsidiary of Pepsico, Inc. ("Pepsico") and Geest Bananas
Ltd. ("Geest"), a leading marketer of fresh produce, accounted for
approximately, 32% and 6%, respectively, of the Company's sales.
    
 
   
     Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased from $2,178,000 in 1996 to $1,863,000
in 1997, a decrease of $315,000 or, as a percentage of sales, from 19.2% to
9.3%. This reduction was principally due to: (i) increased fixed costs related
to newly-acquired packaging operations at EPL Flexible's Gainsborough Facility,
(ii) costs incurred in the relocation of film printing activities from the
Runcorn Facility to the Gainsborough Facility, (iii) initial operating
inefficiencies associated with the reorganization at the Runcorn Facility and
the Gainsborough Facility and (iv) proportionally greater sales of packaging
products which yield lower margins than the Company's perforated packaging
products. The reorganization of the Company's Runcorn and Gainsborough
facilities, which resulted in significant operating inefficiencies during 1997,
especially in the second half of 1997, has been completed. Operating results
from period to period may continue to be impacted by variations in product mix.
    
 
   
     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased from $4,413,000 in 1996 to $6,693,000 in 1997,
an increase of $2,280,000 or 52%. This increase was due primarily to (i)
incremental expenses from the inclusion of a full year of expenses from the
Gainsborough Facility, and the operation of Newcorn and Crystal, (ii) the
continuing and accelerating development of the Company's sales and marketing
efforts, including projects supporting prospective large customers, particularly
in the processing aid area for potatoes and corn, and (iii) other costs,
including increased costs of patent preparation and filing, as well as the
appointment of additional personnel.
    
 
   
     The Company's sales and marketing efforts, with respect to processing aids,
are primarily focused on fresh-cut potatoes, corn and apples and, to a lesser
extent, other produce categories. These expenses in 1997 also include certain
one-time costs, such as (i) bonuses paid to certain executive officers in
connection with the consummation of certain transactions, including the Series D
Placement and the Fabbri Acquisition, and (ii) costs associated with a line of
credit obtained from Trilon in the third quarter of 1997, which was repaid and
canceled in the fourth quarter of 1997. Excluding such one-time costs, the
Company expects that sales and marketing expenses will continue at recent levels
and may increase.
    
 
   
     Research and Development Costs. Research and development costs increased
from $939,000 in 1996 to $1,203,000 in 1997, an increase of $264,000 or 28%.
This reflects increased costs of the scientific activities related to sales
efforts for prospective large customers, principally related to broccoli,
mushrooms and perforated films. The Company expects that research and
development costs will continue at recent levels and may increase.
    
 
   
     Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased from
$1,010,000 in 1996 to $1,290,000 in 1997, an increase of $280,000 or 28%. This
is a result of a full year of expenses for the Gainsborough Facility, Crystal
and Newcorn since their acquisitions made in the second half of 1996, plus
capital expenditures during 1997.
    
 
   
     Loss from Operations. Loss from operations increased from $4,184,000 to
$7,322,000, an increase of $3,138,000 or 75%. The increase was principally
attributable to the increase in total operating expenses. However, total
operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, decreased as a
percentage of sales, from 47.3% in 1996 to 39.6% in 1997. This reflects the
leveraging of the Company's infrastructure through the expansion of the
Company's business.
    
 
  Year Ended December 31, 1996 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1995
 
     Sales. Sales increased from $3,240,000 in 1995 to $11,314,000 in 1996, an
increase of $8,075,000 or 249%. Sales of processing aids increased from $473,000
in 1995 to $1,327,000 in 1996, an increase of $854,000 or 181%. Sales for the
U.S. packaging materials business increased from $868,000 in 1995 to $1,717,000
in 1996, an increase of $849,000 or 98%. Sales from the U.K. and European
packaging materials businesses grew from $1,899,000 in 1995 to $8,270,000 in
1996, an increase of $6,372,000 or 336%.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   27
 
     The increase in processing aid sales was mainly from the inclusion of
revenue from the sale of fresh-cut corn through the Company's majority-owned
subsidiary, Newcorn, which commenced sales in the third quarter of 1996. The
growth in the U.S. packaging materials business mainly reflected the
contribution of the Crystal business acquired in July 1996. The sales increase
from U.K. and European packaging materials reflected a full period contribution
from the Runcorn Facility, acquired in September 1995, together with an initial
contribution from the Gainsborough Facility, which includes sales to its main
customer Pepsico.
 
     In 1996, one customer, Pepsico, accounted for 13.0% of consolidated sales
and in 1995, no customer accounted for more than 10.0% of consolidated sales.
 
     Gross Profit.  Gross profit increased from $771,000 in 1995 to $2,178,000
in 1996, an increase of $1,407,000 or 183%, but decreased as a percentage of
sales from 23.8% in 1995 to 19.2% in 1996. This reduction was due principally to
the increase in sales of packaging materials as a percentage of total sales.
Packaging sales generate a lower average margin than processing aids.
 
     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased from $2,638,000 in 1995 to $4,413,000 in 1996,
an increase of $1,775,000 or 67%. A significant part of the increase was due to
the inclusion of expenses from the Runcorn Facility operations, as well as
incremental expenses from the inclusion of the Gainsborough Facility, Crystal
and Newcorn in consolidated results. The remainder of the increase was due to
the continuing development of the sales and marketing effort as well as projects
to support prospective large customers. This effort was focused on a number of
produce categories, including potatoes and apples, where market test activity
continued. Furthermore, additional investor relations costs were incurred,
including SEC-related and other legal work.
 
     Research and Development Costs.  Research and development costs increased
from $601,000 in 1995 to $939,000 in 1996, an increase of $338,000 or 56%. This
reflects the costs of third-party collaborative projects commenced during 1995,
as well as the costs associated with additional staff to support the Company's
scientific and technical objectives relating to sales efforts for prospective
large customers.
 
     Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization increased
from $574,000 in 1995 to $1,010,000 in 1996, an increase of $435,000 or 76%. The
most significant portion of this increase was due to a full year of depreciation
of fixed assets and amortization of goodwill arising from the acquisition of the
Runcorn Facility in September 1995, with the remainder due to capital
expenditures and the assets acquired in the Gainsborough Facility, Crystal and
Newcorn acquisitions during 1996.
 
   
     Loss from Operations.  Loss from operations increased from $3,042,000 in
1995 to $4,184,000 in 1996, an increase of $1,142,000 or 38%. The increase was
due to an increase in total operating expenses. However, total operating
expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, decreased as a percentage of
sales from 100.0% in 1995 to 47.3% in 1996, reflecting the leveraging of the
Company's infrastructure through the expansion of its business.
    
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
     The Company uses a significant number of computer software programs and
operating systems in its internal operations, including applications used in
manufacturing, product development, financial business systems and various
administrative functions. To the extent that these software applications contain
source code that is unable to appropriately interpret the upcoming calendar year
"2000," some level of modification or even possibly replacement of such source
code or applications will be necessary. The Company is currently in the process
of completing its identification of software applications that are not "Year
2000" compliant and expects to make appropriate responses to address any issue
identified. Given the information known at this time about the Company's
systems, coupled with the Company's ongoing, normal course-of-business efforts
to upgrade or replace business critical systems as necessary, it is currently
not anticipated that these "Year 2000" costs will have any material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.
However, the Company is still in the preliminary stages of analyzing its
software applications and, to the extent they are not fully "Year 2000"
compliant, there can be no assurance that the costs necessary to
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   28
 
update software, or potential systems interruptions, would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of
operations.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
     At December 31, 1997, the Company had $3,757,000 in cash and short term
investments, compared with $1,640,000 at December 31, 1996, an increase of
$2,117,000. During the year ended December 31, 1997, $5,921,000 was used in
operating activities. In addition, $8,334,000 was used in investing activities,
of which $1,004,000 was used to purchase fixed assets and $7,330,000 was used in
the purchase of businesses, notably the Fabbri Acquisition and the acquisition
of assets from Twin Garden ("Twin Garden"). The increase in cash used in
operating activities of $2,081,000 in 1997 compared to 1996 reflects the
increased loss in 1997, net of increased depreciation and amortization, offset
by lower amounts used in accounts receivable and increases in amounts in
accounts payable.
    
 
   
     Total financing activities during 1997 provided $16,581,000, compared with
$6,439,000 in 1996. Of this, gross proceeds of $12,500,000 were raised in the
Series D Placement. The balance came principally from the issuance of Series C
Preferred Stock and Common Stock in the second quarter of 1997 and the exercise
of previously issued stock options and warrants.
    
 
   
     At December 31, 1997, the Company had warrants outstanding and exercisable
to purchase 341,198 shares of common stock at a weighted average price of $14.26
per share, which, if exercised, would provide the Company with gross proceeds of
approximately $4,866,000. In addition, at December 31, 1997, the Company had
1,758,125 options outstanding and exercisable to purchase shares of common stock
at a weighted average price of $9.92 per share, which, if exercised, would
provide the Company with gross proceeds of up to approximately $15,689,000. At
December 31, 1997, there were no material commitments for capital expenditures.
    
 
   
     The Company through its subsidiary EPL Technologies (Europe) Limited ("EPL
Europe") has a line of credit in the amount of (pounds in sterling) 150,000
($248,000 at an exchange rate of (pounds in sterling) 1:$1.65) with the Bank of
Scotland as part of its U.K. Credit Facility, under which (pounds in sterling)
16,000 ($26,000 at an exchange rate of (pounds in sterling) 1:$1.65) was
outstanding as of December 31, 1997. The U.K. Credit Facility also contains a
term loan and a revolving facility, under which (pounds in sterling) 710,000
($1,168,000 at an exchange rate of (pounds in sterling) 1:$1.65) and (pounds in
sterling) 400,000 ($658,000 at an exchange rate of (pounds in sterling)
1:$1.65), respectively, were outstanding as of December 31, 1997. The Company
plans to repay the outstanding amounts under the term loans and the revolving
facility with the net proceeds of the Offering. While the term loan will be
terminated upon repayment, the Company currently anticipates that the revolving
facility, in the amount of (pounds in sterling) 400,000 ($658,000 at an exchange
rate of (pounds in sterling) 1:$1.65), will remain available for future
borrowings. The U.K. Credit Facility is secured by the assets of EPL Europe and
its subsidiaries. See "Use of Proceeds." The debt agreements with the Bank of
Scotland contain certain covenants applicable to the results of operations of
the businesses of EPL Europe and its subsidiaries, which provide for maintenance
of minimum earnings before income taxes and cash flows to interest expense
ratios. During the final quarter of 1997, EPL Europe informed the Bank of
Scotland that it expected it would be unable to meet certain covenants for
fiscal 1997. Subsequent to December 31, 1997, EPL Europe and its subsidiaries
and the Bank of Scotland agreed to amend certain provisions of the facility
agreements in relation to these covenants.
    
 
   
     The Company is currently expecting to make capital expenditures of
approximately $3,600,000 during 1998. Of this amount, approximately $1,900,000
will be used to refurbish and expand certain NewCom Co facilities, with the
remainder to be used primarily to expand capacity in EPL's flexible packaging
business and in the fresh-cut potato business.
    
 
     Historically, the Company's revenues have not been sufficient to fund the
development of the Company's business, and thus it has had to finance its
operating losses externally principally through equity financing. The Company's
management believes that cash flows from consolidated operations and existing
resources, together with the net proceeds of this Offering, will be sufficient
to meet the Company's operating needs for the next twelve months. The Company
may, however, be required to seek additional debt or equity financing to
implement its growth strategy.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   29
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
     The Company is a leading developer, manufacturer and marketer of
proprietary produce processing aids, packaging technologies, and scientific and
technical services, which are designed to maintain the quality and integrity of
fresh-cut produce. The Company markets products which are components of
integrated systems solutions, and which are specifically designed to address the
needs of a variety of fresh-cut produce categories. The foundation of the
Company's integrated system is its proprietary produce processing aid
technology, which inhibits the natural enzymatic degradation of fruits and
vegetables after they have been processed. Fresh-cut fruits and vegetables that
are treated with the Company's proprietary processing aids better maintain their
natural characteristics, such as color, texture, taste and smell. In certain
fresh-cut produce categories, such as fresh-cut sliced apples, fresh-cut
potatoes and fresh corn, the Company's processing aids allow increased
availability of these fresh-cut produce products in retail and food service
markets. The Company has concluded that the use of the Company's processing
aids, in accordance with the Company's recommended protocols, is generally
recognized as safe ("GRAS") under FDA regulations. The Company also uses a
variety of film technologies to create packaging specifically designed to
complement and enhance the effectiveness of the Company's processing aids by
allowing fruits and vegetables to "breathe" after they have been cut and
packaged. The Company markets these packaging products to produce growers and
processors. The Company also markets flexible packaging for uses in the snack
food, bakery and confectionery industries, and for other uses. In addition, the
Company's scientific and technical services, including food safety and
microbiological testing, provide fresh produce processors and wholesalers with
expertise in food safety, post-harvest horticulture and product formulation
techniques, and serve to support the cross-marketing efforts for the Company's
other products. The Company believes its products are safe and environmentally
"friendly" and, together with its scientific and technical services, add
significant value to the businesses of its customers.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
   
     According to industry statistics, the U.S. fresh-cut produce industry
totaled $5.2 billion in 1994, and is expected to grow to $19 billion by 2000.
The Company believes that the market for fresh produce is evolving toward
ready-to-eat, pre-packaged, fresh-cut fruits and vegetables in response to
increasing consumer preferences for healthy foods, convenience and variety. In
this regard, according to industry estimates, U.S. sales of fruits and
vegetables sold in pre-cut, pre-packaged form are expected to grow from 8.9% in
1994 to 25.8% by 2000. Promotion by the U.S. government and others of
consumption of fresh fruits and vegetables in the government's "five-a-day"
program has made consumers more conscious of the benefits of including as many
as five servings of such foods every day as part of a balanced diet. In addition
to increasing consumer preferences for fresh-cut produce, the Company believes
that food service providers have shown an increase in demand for fresh-cut,
packaged produce to reduce the risk of bacterial contamination and enhance food
safety and improve produce consistency. Further, the FDA and the U.S. Department
of Agriculture ("USDA") are working in cooperation with the agricultural
community to develop safety standards specifically applicable to growing and
harvesting fruits and vegetables as part of an initiative to enhance consumer
confidence in the consistent availability of safe produce. The Company believes
that its integrated systems solutions for fresh-cut produce uniquely position
the Company to address the evolving needs of the rapidly growing and developing
fresh-cut produce market and enable the development of a number of new fresh-cut
produce products. Development of new fresh-cut produce applications is further
supported by produce growers and processors who are seeking to increase revenues
and margins by establishing differentiated, brand-name, fresh-cut alternatives
to their existing commodity produce lines.
    
 
     Furthermore, as consumer awareness of the potential health hazards of
untreated produce and traditional produce processing aids using sulfite-based
preservatives increases, the Company believes that the demand for fresh produce
processed without sulfites or other comparable preservatives will rise.
Moreover, for some types of produce, the trend toward pre-packaging has been
limited by the fact that many fruits and vegetables are subject to rapid
enzymatic degradation, a natural process that causes discoloration (such as
browning) and
                                       27
<PAGE>   30
 
spoilage. For example, the flavor, integrity and quality of fresh-cut apples,
potatoes and corn deteriorate rapidly after harvest and these fruits and
vegetables, therefore, generally are not suitable for pre-packaging as fresh-cut
produce without the use of processing aids, such as those marketed by the
Company, or the use of alternative methods.
 
OPERATING STRATEGY
 
     The Company's goal is to become a world-class provider of products and
scientific services designed to maintain the integrity of fresh produce. The
Company has developed the following operating strategies to support this goal:
 
     Integrated Systems Solutions.  The Company pursues a total systems approach
to fresh produce, marketing its processing aids, packaging and food safety and
scientific services to producers of pre-packaged, fresh-cut produce as part of
integrated systems solutions which are designed to maintain the quality and
integrity of fresh-cut produce. While the foundation of the Company's business
is its proprietary food processing aids, the Company's packaging capabilities
and technologies can be and are used to enhance the effectiveness of its
processing aids. In marketing its packaging technologies, the Company works
closely with its customers in an effort to determine the optimal packaging
characteristics for customers' products. As a result, the Company is in a
position to influence a customer's buying decision with respect to its packaging
needs. In addition, by offering packaging infrastructure in regions where
produce is grown, the Company enhances its sales prospects by accessing new
customers. The Company believes its food safety and scientific expertise helps
establish its credibility in the fresh-cut produce industry, and that its
scientific and technical services support the commercialization of the Company's
products and provide the Company with an expanding base of food technology
knowledge. The Company believes that its integrated systems solutions for
fresh-cut produce uniquely position the Company to address the evolving needs of
the rapidly growing and developing fresh-cut produce market and enable the
development of a number of new fresh-cut produce products.
 
     Strategic Alliances.  The Company intends to continue to form strategic
alliances with leading produce companies. The Company will also seek, where
appropriate and available, alliances with produce, packaging and scientific
services companies. In entering into such alliances, the Company will seek
allies which will enable it to influence the four key elements of
commercialization: (i) sourcing; (ii) processing; (iii) distribution; and (iv)
brand name identification. By requiring higher standards of quality in each of
these aspects of production, the Company seeks to ensure the integrity of
produce products that utilize the Company's technologies and services. During
1997, the Company formed strategic alliances with leading growers, processors
and brand-name marketers, including Potandon in the case of potatoes and
Farmington Fresh in the case of apples.
 
   
     Commitment to Scientific Integrity.  The Company believes the safety and
scientific integrity of its products are crucial to its long-term success. In
this regard, the Company carefully scrutinizes the selection of its strategic
allies. In addition, the Company has created research alliances with leading
institutes of produce and food research, as well as trade associations. Since
1994, the Company has a Cooperative Research and Development Agreement ("CRADA")
with the USDA/Agricultural Research Services in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,
principally regarding peeled potatoes. The Company's collaborative projects also
include a research grant from the Washington Apple Commission for a study of
enzymatic browning of apples; a collaborative effort with Rutgers University for
post-processing residue analysis; a collaborative agreement with Penn State
University for research on the preservation of mushrooms; and a grant from the
Ben Franklin Technology Center, also for research on the preservation of
mushrooms. The Company also maintains a Scientific Advisory Board, consisting of
experts in the field of food science. Members of the Scientific Advisory Board
meet regularly and consult with the Company to provide advice on the design and
development of the Company's processing aid and packaging products and
scientific and technical services. See "-- Scientific Advisory Board."
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   31
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
     Capitalize on Existing Technology and Strategic Alliances.  The Company
intends to increase sales and results of operations by capitalizing on its
proprietary processing aids and network of strategic alliances. The Company
currently is targeting four specific produce categories in which it has: (i) a
commercially available proprietary product; (ii) perceived consumer demand for
such a product; and (iii) strategic alliances with capabilities in either raw
material supply, processing, distribution, or brand recognition. Four current
markets where the Company believes significant growth opportunities exist are:
 
          Fresh-Cut French Fries.  Effective September 22, 1997, the Company
     executed a ten-year exclusive trademark license agreement and strategic
     alliance with Potandon, a Green Giant Fresh(R) brand licensee of the
     Pillsbury Company, to market fresh-cut potato products, such as french
     fries under the Green Giant Fresh(R) brand name to the food service market.
     The Company intends to target the approximately 18% of food service (non
     fast-food) providers that prepare their own fresh french fries or other
     potato products, in-house. The Company believes that its fresh-cut potato
     products enable restaurant operators to serve a fresh french fry product,
     which is consistent in quality and of high food safety standards, while
     reducing significant associated processing and storage costs.
 
          Fresh-Cut Sweet Corn.  The Company has entered into a majority-owned
     joint venture with Underwood Farms and Twin Garden Farms, leading regional
     growers and processors of fresh corn, to market processed fresh-cut sweet
     corn on the cob utilizing the Company's processing aids and packaging
     technology. The Company is seeking to develop a market for year-round,
     nationally available branded fresh-cut corn products.
 
          Fresh-Cut Apple Slices.  The Company has entered into a three-year
     license agreement under which it provides its "Apple Fresh(R)" processing
     aids, packaging and scientific and technical services to Farmington Fresh,
     a major grower and marketer of Fuji apples in California, for use in the
     production of pre-packaged, fresh-cut Granny Smith and Fuji sliced apples
     targeted at the retail market. Fresh-cut sliced apples are currently being
     marketed only in a limited geographic region in California.
 
          Fresh-Cut "Baby" Carrots.  The Company sells its processing aids to
     several processors of fresh-cut, packaged carrots. The Company believes
     that its processing aids will enable processors of fresh-cut carrots to
     distinguish their products from those of their competitors. The fresh-cut
     carrot market is highly developed and the Company believes substantial
     opportunities exist to expand sales of its processing aids to additional
     fresh-cut carrot processors.
 
     Introduce Proprietary Processing Aid Technology into New Produce
Categories.  The Company has developed or is developing processing aids for
other vegetables and fruits, including artichokes, broccoli florets, baby leaf
lettuce, mushrooms, onions and parsnips. The Company believes that opportunities
may exist in each of these produce categories for a pre-packaged, fresh-cut
branded product.
 
     Develop Cross-Marketing Opportunities.  The Company believes that its
proprietary processing aids, packaging technologies and scientific and technical
services represent complementary components of the Company's integrated systems
solutions for fresh-cut produce. As a result, the Company believes that
significant cross-marketing opportunities exist for its products and services.
 
     Expand International Business.  The Company believes that the trends
driving the growth of the fresh-cut produce market in the U.S. are more mature
in the European food markets, where there is a heightened sensitivity to food
safety and freshness. Currently, the Company's European revenues are principally
generated through its specialty packaging business in the U.K., which are used
primarily in the packaging of snack food, produce and bakery products. The
Company believes its proprietary perforating technology provides it with a
competitive advantage in servicing the needs of produce processors. In December
1997, the Company completed the acquisition of Fabbri, which is located in the
Valencia region of Spain, one of the principal agricultural growing areas in
Southern Europe. Fabbri provides specialty packaging products to the Southern
European produce industry. The Company believes its current specialty packaging
business and its relationships with European produce processors present
opportunities to introduce its processing aid technology in
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   32
 
selected produce categories. The Company believes additional opportunities exist
to market its technology and products throughout the world.
 
     Pursue Strategic Acquisitions.  The Company seeks to make opportunistic
acquisitions of companies that enable the Company to increase sales of its
products and services. In pursuing such acquisitions, the Company seeks to (i)
gain immediate access to the acquired company's customer base, (ii) gain access
to large produce processing companies, and (iii) cross-market the Company's
proprietary processing aids, packaging technologies, and scientific and
technical services.
 
   
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
    
 
     The Company's products and services fall into three major classifications:
processing aids, packaging technologies and scientific and technical services,
which are complementary components of the Company's integrated systems solutions
for fresh-cut produce.
 
     Processing Aids.  The Company develops, manufactures and markets
proprietary and patented processing aids, designed to inhibit the enzymatic
degradation that causes fruits and vegetables to begin to deteriorate
immediately after processing, thereby better maintaining their natural
characteristics, such as color, texture, taste and smell. The Company believes
its processing aids provide it with competitive advantages over other existing
fresh-cut produce processing technologies.
 
     According to FDA regulations, a processing aid is a substance used as a
manufacturing aid to enhance the appeal or utility of a food. FDA regulations do
not require packaged produce to identify certain processing aids used in
processing the products. The Company's processing aids are designed to be
applied to produce during post-harvest processing. The Company's processing aids
are then removed from the produce prior to packaging, although insignificant
amounts may remain on the produce. As a result, the Company believes that
produce treated with the Company's processing aids does not require labeling
referring to those processing aids under FDA regulations. Based on advice from
FDA counsel and on assessment of relevant scientific literature by the Company
and by third parties, the Company has concluded that the use of the Company's
processing aids in accordance with the Company's protocols is GRAS under FDA
regulations.
 
     The Company formulates processing aids for certain varieties of produce in
accordance with its detailed scientific protocols. The Company believes that its
Apple Fresh(R), Corn Fresh(R) and Potato Fresh(R) processing aids have the
potential to create new markets for fresh-cut apple slices, fresh-cut sweet corn
and fresh-cut potato products because effective, non-sulfite based processing
aids have not previously been commercially available. For example, Apple
Fresh(R), when used in conjunction with the Company's packaging technology, can
be used to inhibit browning and other enzymatic degradation in certain varieties
of fresh apple slices for up to 14 days after processing. Corn Fresh(R) and
Potato Fresh(R) are designed to provide similar pre-packaged distribution
capability for fresh-cut corn on the cob and fresh-cut potato products. In
addition to Apple Fresh(R), Potato Fresh(R) and Corn Fresh(R), the Company
currently markets its Carrot Fresh(R) processing aid for carrots. The Company is
developing processing aids for artichokes, broccoli florets, baby leaf lettuce,
mushrooms, onions and parsnips. Because several variables influence the efficacy
of the Company's processing aids, the Company must work closely with each
customer and potential customer, using its scientific and technical services for
product formulation and extensive on-site testing, as well as assisting in
designing packaging to optimize the effectiveness of the processing aid for the
particular type of produce.
 
     Packaging.  The Company's produce packaging business involves perforating,
converting and printing flexible packaging, using technologies and processes,
some of which are proprietary to the Company. The Company also designs packaging
films the structure of which allows gas and moisture transmission at different
rates, thereby maintaining a balance that enhances the effectiveness of the
Company's processing aids. As with processing aids, in marketing its packaging
technology the Company works closely with each customer and potential customer,
using its scientific and technical services to determine optimal packaging
characteristics, such as the type of film and extent of perforation, including
the size, shape and number of holes, of the packaging, based on the respiration
rate of the particular type of produce.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   33
 
     As one of the leading perforators of packaging film, the Company is
targeting specialty and, in some instances, new markets. Although historically
the films used in the produce industry have not been perforated, perforating has
been shown to be beneficial to the packaging of certain varieties of fresh-cut
produce, which by their nature continue to consume oxygen and produce carbon
dioxide and moisture after being cut and packaged. Proper perforation of the
packaging materials allows the produce to "breathe," thereby permitting the
packaging to work with the processing aid to inhibit the process of enzymatic
degradation. The Company's microperforation technology is proprietary. The
Company's proprietary production capability allows the Company to produce
perforated films of high quality and great consistency in a cost-effective
manner, which provide control over moisture and oxygen transmission rates, among
other performance characteristics. The Company believes its broad range of
capabilities to produce perforated films provides it with a competitive
advantage. The Company has an exclusive agreement with DuPont, whereby DuPont
purchases its entire requirement for flame perforation services for its Mylar(R)
film from the Company.
 
     Another aspect of the Company's packaging business is the conversion of
packaging film into bags designed for its customer's food packaging needs for
applications such as produce and bakery. The Company also has food-grade
standard printing capabilities in the U.K., utilizing three six-color presses.
The Company's packaging business provides additional market presence in certain
geographic regions that the Company believes can enhance sales prospects for the
Company's processing aids and provide cross-marketing opportunities. In the
U.S., the Company subcontracts its printing and converting requirements.
 
     In addition to its produce packaging capabilities, the Company provides
packaging to the snack food, bakery and confectionery industries, and for other
uses.
 
     Scientific and Technical Services.  The Company provides scientific and
technical services in the areas of post-harvest horticulture, the forensic
analysis of food contaminants and food safety, which are areas of critical
importance for processors of fresh produce. The Company's post-harvest
horticulture services are designed to help processors understand the impact of
harvesting and handling methods on the flavor, texture and nutritional value of
produce. In providing these services, the Company focuses on solving particular
problems unique to certain kinds and varieties of fruits and vegetables in an
effort to maintain the quality and integrity of fresh-cut produce and reduce
post-harvest loss. The Company's forensic testing services involve the analysis
of food adulteration by foreign or unlabelled substances or contaminants. The
Company's food safety services, which are intended to reduce or eliminate
pathogens known to cause serious illness in humans, include research,
microbiological testing, production monitoring, and the implementation of Total
Quality Management and Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point ("HACCP")
programs at its customers' facilities. The FDA recently announced its intention
to introduce a new rule requiring HACCP programs, which programs are designed to
prevent microbial and other safety hazards in food products through appropriate
controls during production and processing, at certain juice processing plants.
The Company believes that HACCP programs ultimately will become standard in the
produce processing industry in response to emerging concerns about the microbial
safety of fresh fruits and vegetables.
 
     The Company's scientific and technical services team consists of five
Ph.D.'s, four senior scientists, and additional support technicians, with
expertise in the areas of microbiology, food science, post-harvest plant
physiology and plant pathology. The Company maintains two laboratories dedicated
to microbiological testing, as well as an applications laboratory used as part
of the Company's sales and marketing program. The Company also maintains a
laboratory at the USDA's Eastern Regional Research Center through a USDA CRADA.
As part of its sales force, the Company also employs process engineers and a
chemical engineer with expertise in applying the Company's scientific and
technical expertise to a full-scale production facility.
 
     The Company believes its scientific and technical expertise enhances its
credibility in marketing its processing aids and packaging materials to
fresh-cut produce processors. Accordingly, the majority of the Company's
scientific and technical services are provided to support marketing efforts for
the Company's other products, as an integral component of the Company's
integrated systems solutions for fresh-cut produce. The Company also provides
microbiological services on a contract basis for some customers, in what the
Company believes is a growing market for food safety-based testing and
consulting services. In addition to providing
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   34
 
incremental revenue, these consulting relationships may provide cross-marketing
opportunities for the Company's products.
 
     To increase its scientific resources and expertise, the Company has entered
into research alliances with leading institutes of produce and food research, as
well as trade associations. These include a CRADA with the USDA/Agricultural
Research Services in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; a research grant from the
Washington Apple Commission for a study of enzymatic browning of apples; a
collaborative effort with Rutgers University for residue analysis; a
collaborative agreement with Penn State University for research on the
presentation of mushrooms; and a grant from the Ben Franklin Technology Center,
also for research on the preservation of mushrooms. As an additional technical
resource, the Company maintains a Scientific Advisory Board, consisting of
experts in the field of food science, the members of which are available for
consulting on an as-needed basis. See "-- Scientific Advisory Board."
 
MARKETS
 
     The Company's products are used in the processing of fresh-cut fruits and
vegetables for both the retail and food service markets. By helping to maintain
the quality and integrity of fresh-cut produce, the Company can meet the needs
of its customers who are seeking to offer differentiated, brand-name, nationally
available fresh-cut alternatives to commodity produce lines. In certain produce
categories, such as fresh-cut sweet corn on the cob, the Company's processing
aids have the potential to develop a national market for its customers, who have
previously been limited to regional markets. The Company's packaging products
are used in the fresh-cut produce industry in the U.S. and by leading companies
in the U.K. and Europe in the fresh-cut produce, bakery, snack food and
confectionery industries, and for other uses. The scientific and technical
services offered by the Company provide companies in the produce industry,
especially those involved with fresh-cut and minimally processed produce, with
analysis, protocols and plans relating to food safety and quality assurance
programs, including microbiological testing, and provides additional internal
technical support in developing the Company's processing aid and packaging
protocols. The Company's products are increasingly being marketed in concert as
integrated systems solutions comprised of products, processes and scientific and
technical services to maintain the quality and integrity of fresh-cut produce.
 
     The Company's penetration to date of the various markets it is seeking to
develop has been limited. The Company's Respire(R) packaging is used on a number
of produce categories, including apples and potatoes. The Company has been
developing relationships with processors and other companies in connection with
the use of the Company's processing aid technology and related protocols in
various fruit and vegetable categories.
 
     The Company believes that demand for fresh-cut produce is being driven at
the retail level by consumer preferences for healthy foods, convenience and
variety. Similarly, demand for fresh-cut produce by food service providers is
increasingly driven by the need to be able to deliver a product which is
consistent in quality and of high food safety standards while reducing
significant processing and storage costs associated with fresh-cut produce.
Development of new fresh-cut produce applications is further supported by
produce growers and processors who are seeking to increase revenues and margins
by establishing differentiated, brand-name, fresh-cut alternatives to commodity
produce lines.
 
SALES AND PRODUCT COMMERCIALIZATION PROCESS
 
     In developing its processing aid products, the Company first seeks to
identify the physiological and biochemical issues associated with a particular
fresh-cut fruit or vegetable (e.g., white blush on carrots) and to determine the
cause of any issue so identified. Then the Company seeks to develop an
appropriate solution in a laboratory setting when it perceives a significant
market opportunity may exist.
 
     The Company has compiled an extensive database of processors, their
processing capabilities and the varieties of fruits and vegetables they process
and, therefore, can approach potential customers from a position of extensive
knowledge and experience with a proposed produce solution. After initial
discussions, the Company initiates a detailed review and testing process to
customize the application of the Company's technologies to the potential
customer's processing system. The testing process involves both application of
the Company's processing aids and, where appropriate, other scientific and
technical support services, such as
                                       32
<PAGE>   35
 
HACCP and the design of tailored packaging solutions. Once such development is
completed, the product moves through successive steps of an increasingly
sophisticated testing program, during which the Company identifies and proposes
any processing changes that may be needed and which ultimately leads to a
product decision. The Company also works with the customer to develop specific
protocols that should be applied. See "Risk Factors -- Extended Sales and
Product Commercialization Process."
 
     With respect to its packaging business, the Company plans to meet the
growing needs of existing customers, develop new products that can be sold to
existing customers, and sell existing and new products to new customers as such
opportunities are identified. The experience accumulated by the Company in all
aspects of the produce industry, together with its scientific expertise, is
helping to facilitate an integrated systems solution approach to the packaging
needs of the processor.
 
     In the area of scientific and technical services, the Company has an
existing customer base that it has built up over time. Since the acquisition of
CMC, the Company has been actively marketing an increased range of available
services, with a specific emphasis on enhancing cross-marketing opportunities.
 
     The Company has been developing relationships with produce processors and
other companies in an effort to penetrate the fresh-cut produce market. The
Company believes that its recent packaging acquisitions in regions where produce
is grown will serve as a platform to enhance the Company's ability to
cross-market its other products and services to other produce processors and
growers in those regions. Similarly, with sales of processing aids, the Company
has an opportunity to sell its complementary packaging. The Company also plans
to make proposals for product development or food safety programs to other
existing customers of its processing aids and packaging.
 
     Due to the extended nature of the development, testing and sales process
for processing aids, the Company has experienced no significant backlog of
orders to date for these products and, based on the relatively small incremental
cost and time frame required to increase product output, the Company does not
believe that any backlog measurement is material. Similarly, the Company has not
experienced a significant backlog of orders for its packaging materials.
 
SOURCES OF SUPPLY
 
     The Company purchases its U.S. processing aid ingredient requirements from
a number of suppliers, some of which use sources outside the U.S. Requirements
for certain raw materials used in the Company's processing aids are obtained
pursuant to a contract with Jungbunzlauer, Inc., a U.S. subsidiary of a Swiss-
based company which is a former Company shareholder. These raw materials
transactions are undertaken on a commercial, arm's-length basis. The mixing of
the Company's processing aids is currently conducted under a subcontract with a
third party. The Company believes that the mixing of its processing aids could
be performed in-house or by numerous other parties on an out-sourcing basis
without incurring substantial additional expense.
 
     Potatoes used in processing are provided under a long-term supply agreement
with Potandon. This long-term agreement represents a source of supply that might
be difficult for the Company to replace without incurring potentially
substantial additional expense. Corn is supplied under a number of fixed-price
supply agreements, principally with the parties to the Newcorn strategic
alliance.
 
     The Company's U.S. packaging business utilizes a number of subcontractors
for film manufacturing, conversion and printing. The U.K. packaging business
sources its film and other requirements from a number of suppliers, most of
which are based in the U.K. and Europe. The U.K. packaging business performs its
own conversion and printing. The Company believes that it is not dependent on a
single or a few suppliers or subcontractors for its packaging businesses.
 
INDUSTRY AND GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
 
     Of the Company's two primary product lines, processing aids are sold
primarily in the U.S. with smaller amounts also sold in Canada, while packaging
materials are marketed in North America, the U.K. and, to a lesser extent,
Continental Europe. Since the acquisition of BPS in later 1995 there has been an
increase in
                                       33
<PAGE>   36
 
marketing activity, both in the Company's processing aid and applications
technology in Europe. In addition, proprietary perforating technologies
developed by BPS have been introduced into the U.S. market. See Note 17 to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION
 
   
     During the year ended December 31, 1997, on a pro forma basis reflecting
the Fabbri Acquisition, two customers, Pepsico and Geest, accounted for an
aggregate of approximately 22% of the Company's total sales. During 1996,
Pepsico accounted for 13% of the Company's sales. During 1995, no customer
accounted for more than 10% of the Company's sales.
    
 
COMPETITION
 
     Although many other companies provide packaging or microbiological testing
and, to a lesser extent, processing aids for fresh produce, the Company is
unaware of any competitor which provides each of these as components of
integrated systems solutions for processing fresh-cut produce. The Company's
direct, indirect and potential competitors include producers of sulfites and
"sulfite substitutes," as well as other providers of alternative preservation
and packaging technologies, including those employing temperature, gas and
humidity control. The Company believes its products may provide technological
advantages over competing technologies and processes, particularly in terms of
their safety and effectiveness. Despite the potential advantages of the
Company's products and technologies, however, many competitors and potential
competitors, particularly in the market for produce packaging, are larger, have
greater financial, marketing, sales, distribution and technological resources,
and enjoy greater name recognition than the Company. Certain of these companies
may also enjoy long-standing relationships with processors of fresh produce.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete
effectively against such competitors.
 
     The Company believes the primary competitive factors in the market for
fresh-cut produce technologies include safety and consistency,
cost-effectiveness and ease of use, availability of technical service and
support and product innovation.
 
PATENTS, PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND TRADEMARKS
 
     The Company currently has two U.S. patents, four U.S. patents pending and
numerous others licensed to the Company or under review for application. The
U.S. patents for the Company's "Potato Fresh(R)" and "Carrot Fresh(R)" products
were granted on June 26, 1990 and September 13, 1994, respectively. Patents are
pending for the Company's processing aids for broccoli and apples. Patents that
had been granted, or applications that were pending as of June 8, 1995 run for
the longer of 17 years from the date of formal grant or 20 years from the date
of filing. For all subsequent filings, U.S. patents (once granted) run for 20
years from the date of formal application. The Company also has various
registered U.S. trademarks, including Respire(R), and its processing aid names,
such as Potato Fresh(R), and five trademark applications. The Company will also
license other trademarks which it believes will add value to a proposed product,
as evidenced by its license of the "Green Giant Fresh(R)" brand for fresh-cut
potato products. Furthermore, the Company has two patents and 23 patent
applications pending outside the U.S. for its main technology, with others under
review. To help protect the Company's technology and proprietary information,
the Company has confidentiality agreements with its customers, as well as
internal non-disclosure agreements and safeguards, although there can be no
assurance that these safeguards will be adequate to fully protect the Company.
The importance the Company attaches to its patent position is reflected in the
significant efforts made on research and development (see Consolidated Financial
Statements and the notes thereto). In addition to its patent protection, the
Company believes it has a competitive advantage through its proprietary
knowledge of the applications for its technology.
 
     Green Giant Fresh(R) is a registered trademark of the Pillsbury Company.
This Prospectus contains trademarks and tradenames of companies other than the
Company.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   37
 
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
 
     Based on advice from FDA counsel and on assessment of relevant scientific
literature by the Company and by third parties, the Company has concluded that
the use of the Company's processing aids in accordance with the Company's
recommended protocols is GRAS under FDA regulations, there is a risk that new
scientific information about an ingredient could change its GRAS status, that
the FDA could revise its regulations governing the GRAS status of the
ingredients, or that the FDA might take the position that an ingredient is not
GRAS under the current regulations. Any such change could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. The Company employs a firm of Washington-based FDA lawyers to advise
the Company on the effect of FDA regulations on the Company's operations,
together with any planned or potential changes in government attitude and
legislation. The Company also consults with advisors outside the U.S. concerning
foreign regulatory issues. Compliance with existing FDA regulations has not been
a material burden on the Company's operations to date, although there can be no
assurance that the regulatory requirements will not change and increase the
burden to the Company.
 
     The Company's packaging operations are subject to federal, state and local
U.S., U.K. and other European environmental laws and regulations that impose
limitations on the generation, storage, transport, disposal and emission of
various substances into the environment, including laws that restrict the
discharge of pollutants into the air and water and establish standards for the
treatment, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes. The Company is
subject to U.S. and foreign laws and regulations regarding the use, storage,
transport and disposal of inks used with its packaging products. There can be no
assurance that there will not be an accidental contamination, disposal or injury
from the use, storage, transport or disposal of inks used in the Company's
packaging business. Additionally, the Company's use of plastic film in its
packaging operations may subject it, in certain jurisdictions, to laws and
regulations designed to reduce solid wastes by requiring, among other things,
plastics to be degradable in landfills, minimum levels of recycled content,
various recycling requirements, disposal fees and limits on the use of plastic
products. In addition, various consumer and special interest groups have lobbied
from time to time for the implementation of additional environmental protection
measures. The Company may be required to make capital expenditures in response
to changing compliance standards and environmental regulations. Furthermore,
unknown contamination of sites currently or formerly owned or operated by the
Company (including contamination caused by prior owners and operators of such
sites) and off-site disposal of hazardous substances and wastes may give rise to
additional compliance costs. There can be no assurance that the Company will not
incur liabilities for environmental matters in the future, including those
resulting from changes in environmental regulations, that may have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
   
     Specifically, during its due diligence investigation in connection with the
Fabbri Acquisition, the Company was informed that from time to time in the past
Fabbri disposed of certain hazardous waste (such as used oil cans, empty dye
cans and electrolytic salts residue) using some waste management companies that
were not authorized handlers of hazardous waste under applicable Spanish
legislation. Some drums of such hazardous waste also were not labelled as
required and stored longer than permitted under Spanish legislation. Under
Spanish law, a producer of hazardous wastes remains responsible for damages to
third parties or the environment if these wastes are collected by a
non-authorized hauler. As part of the documentation of the Fabbri Acquisition,
the Company obtained from the prior owner of Fabbri, Sidlaw Group plc, a U.K.
public-company ("Sidlaw"), an indemnification for any fines or penalties levied
against the Company from the collection of waste by unauthorized haulers,
subject to a limit of approximately $4,500,000. The Company is not aware that
these past actions resulted in any environmental damages, and therefore does not
believe that these represent possible material losses. To the extent that the
Company incurs liabilities in respect of the foregoing that are not covered by
the indemnity from Sidlaw, or Sidlaw fails to fulfill its indemnity obligations,
there could be a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. Nevertheless, the Company is not aware that
any claims have been made or are pending, and is not aware of any past or
current environmental conditions that it believes will result in any material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
    
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   38
 
EMPLOYMENT
 
     As of December 31, 1997, the Company had 191 employees providing services
in the U.S. and Europe, of which 19 were engaged in sales and marketing, 121 in
production, 16 in technical services and research and 35 in management and
administration. Some of the managerial employees are employed pursuant to
employment agreements, and the Company maintains key man insurance on Mr. Devine
in the amount of $1,000,000. See "Management -- Employment and Consulting
Contracts." The Company expects to recruit additional personnel as and when
required.
 
PROPERTIES
 
     The Company believes that its current facilities are adequate for its
present needs and that it would not have any difficulty in obtaining additional
or alternate space at prevailing rates if necessary. The Company's current
facilities are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              SQUARE
          LOCATION             FEET      OWNED/LEASED (EXPIRATION)             CHARACTER OF USE
          --------            -------    -------------------------             ----------------
<S>                           <C>        <C>                         <C>
Philadelphia, PA............    6,600    Leased (1/2002)             Principal administrative office
Fresno, CA..................    2,700    Leased (2/1999)             Applications laboratory
Oswego, IL..................   16,000    Leased (6/1999)             Packaging operations
Gainsborough, England.......   19,500    Leased (10/2004)            Printing facility
Runcorn, England............   17,478    Owned                       Perforating and converting facilities
Runcorn, England............    5,085    Leased (9/2007)             Perforating and converting facilities
Runcorn, England............    8,500    Leased (12/2000)            Perforating and converting facilities
Runcorn, England............    4,000    Month-to-month              Vacated 1/1998
Runcorn, England............    5,500    Month-to-month              Vacated 1/1998
Somis, CA(a)................   74,248    Leased (8/2002)             Fresh-cut corn processing facility
Worcester, MA...............    1,400    Leased (12/1998)            Food safety and microbiological
                                                                     testing laboratory and office space
Valencia, Spain.............  142,106    Owned                       Packaging operations
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(a) Property is leased by Newcorn and the lease is guaranteed by the Company.
    Newcorn will occupy approximately 25% of the facility. The Company intends
    to sublease the remaining space.
 
     The Company also occupies additional space under agreements with third
parties, primarily in connection with research and development arrangements and
processing activities.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     There are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Company is a
party or to which any of its property is subject. None of the Company's officers
or directors are involved in any legal proceedings relating to the Company. To
the best of the Company's knowledge, there are no proceedings being contemplated
by governmental authorities.
 
SCIENTIFIC ADVISORY BOARD
 
     The Company has arrangements with professionals in the field of food
science, who serve as the Company's Scientific Advisory Board. Members are
chosen for their expertise in areas that are important to the development of the
Company's products. The Company's advisors devote only a small portion of their
time to the affairs of the Company and have commitments to, or consulting or
advisory contracts with, other institutions which may conflict or compete with
their obligations to the Company. Members of the Scientific
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   39
 
Advisory Board consult with the Company to provide advice on the design and
development of the Company's products. With the exception of Dr. Romig, none of
the advisors is a Company employee. The Company requires each of its scientific
advisors to execute a confidentiality agreement upon the commencement of his or
her relationship with the Company. The agreements generally provide that all
confidential information made known to the individual during the term of the
relationship shall be the exclusive property of the Company and shall be kept
confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specified
circumstances. Members of the Scientific Advisory Board receive reimbursement of
travel expenses for Company business. Certain members of the Scientific Advisory
Board or entities with which they are associated perform services for the
Company in addition to their Scientific Advisory Board duties, for which they
may be separately compensated. The Company's current Advisory Board consists of
the following persons:
 
     Dr. Margaret M. Barth.  Director, Research and Development, Redi-Cut Foods,
Inc., Chicago, Illinois. Dr. Barth has conducted research on the effect of
modified atmosphere packaging for the retention of vitamin and market quality
characteristics of intact and fresh-cut vegetables and on novel approaches to
the retention of sensory and nutritional properties of fresh-cut vegetables.
 
     Dr. Robert B. Beelman.  Professor, Department of Food Science, The
Pennsylvania State University. Dr. Beelman's principal research concentration is
in pre- and post-harvest factors influencing the quality of mushrooms.
 
     Dr. Larry R. Beuchat.  Research Professor, Center for Food Safety,
University of Georgia. Dr. Beuchat has published extensively in the area of
microbiology and is on the Editorial Board for Food Microbiology, the
International Journal of Food Microbiology, and the Journal of Food Mycology. He
is also an associate editor for the Journal of Food Science.
 
     Dr. Joe E. Cherry.  Professor, Department of Botany and Microbiology,
Auburn University. Dr. Cherry's current research focuses on plant physiology,
biochemistry, and molecular biology in relation to environmental stress biology,
particularly thermotolerance in plants. Dr. Cherry was the founder of Agra
Research, Inc., where he developed the Company's processing aids. The Company
completed the acquisition of Agra Research, Inc. in early 1993.
 
     Dr. William R. Romig.  Vice President, Research and Development, EPL
Technologies, Inc.
 
     Dr. Mikal E. Saltveit.  Professor, Department of Vegetable Crops,
University of California, Davis. Dr. Saltveit's research focus is on the
physiological effects of abiotic stresses (e.g., heat, chilling, low oxygen,
elevated carbon dioxide, and wounding) on plant tissue.
 
     Dr. Gerald Sapers.  Supervisory Research Food Technologist and Lead
Scientist, USDA/ERRC, Philadelphia. Dr. Sapers has expertise in various areas of
food chemistry, including the inhibition of browning reactions in food systems.
His research emphasis is on minimally processed juices, the preservation of
sensory characteristics in fresh-cut fruits and vegetables, and microbiology of
minimally processed fruits and vegetables. Dr. Sapers is the Principal
Investigator on a CRADA with the Company.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   40
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to each of
the directors and executive officers of the Company.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   NAME                     AGE        POSITIONS WITH THE COMPANY AND AFFILIATES
                   ----                     ---        -----------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>   <C>
Paul L. Devine............................  43    Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, Chief
                                                  Executive Officer
Bruce M. Crowell..........................  43    Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Timothy B. Owen...........................  39    Secretary and Treasurer
Derrick W. Lyon...........................  54    Chief Executive Officer of EPL Technologies (Europe)
                                                  Limited
Dr. William R. Romig......................  51    Senior Vice President -- Science and Technology
Antony E. Kendall.........................  54    Chief Executive Officer of EPL Flexible Packaging Ltd.
Virginia N. Finnerty......................  37    Chief Operating Officer of IPS Produce, Inc.
Jose Saenz de Santa Maria.................  42    Managing Director of Fabbri Artes Graficas Valencia SA
Robert D. Mattei(1)(2)....................  58    Director
Ronald W. Cantwell(2)(3)..................  53    Director
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) Member of Compensation Committee
 
(2) Member of Audit Committee
 
(3) Mr. Cantwell has informed the Company that he intends to resign from the
    Board of Directors following completion of the Offering or at such later
    time as his replacement has been identified and appointed. The Company is
    currently interviewing potential candidates for additional directors, but no
    particular individual has yet been identified.
 
     Paul L. Devine.  Mr. Devine was appointed Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company in March 1992. From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Devine was involved
as a business consultant in the identification and targeting of acquisitions for
various public companies. During this time, he also served as a director and
chief executive officer of various companies, including three U.K. subsidiaries
of Abbey Home Healthcare, Inc., a U.S. public health care group. Prior to this,
he was the Chief Executive of Leisure Time International, plc from 1986 to 1989.
He is a graduate of London University and holds Bachelors and Masters degrees in
curriculum research. Throughout his business career, he has been intimately
involved in the design and implementation of new product strategies, both in
financial services and health/hygiene services.
 
   
     Bruce M. Crowell.  Mr. Crowell joined the Company as Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer in February 1998. From 1994 until 1998, Mr. Crowell
served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer of
Datron Inc., a privately held international aerospace company. From 1988 until
1994, Mr. Crowell was Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of
Miltrope Group Inc., a publicly held defense electronics company. Mr. Crowell
holds a BBA in Accounting from Florida Atlantic University.
    
 
     Timothy B. Owen.  Mr. Owen was appointed Secretary and Treasurer in October
1996, having served as European Financial Controller of the Company since 1995.
From 1992 until 1995, Mr. Owen performed financial and accounting services for
the Company as an independent consultant. From 1990 to 1993, Mr. Owen served as
chief financial officer and secretary of various companies, including three U.K.
subsidiaries of Abbey Home Healthcare, Inc. Prior to this, from 1986 to 1990, he
was a financial controller for The Foseco Group Plc, holding both corporate and
operational positions. Mr. Owen qualified as a chartered accountant with Touche
Ross & Co. (now Deloitte & Touche) in 1985. He is a graduate of Brunel
University, and holds an Honors degree in economics.
 
     Derrick W. Lyon.  Mr. Lyon was appointed Chief Executive Officer of EPL
Technologies (Europe) Limited in August 1996. Mr. Lyon previously served as
Chief Operating Officer of Bakery Packaging Services Limited ("BPS") (now EPL
Flexible Packaging Ltd.) following its acquisition by the Company in
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   41
 
September 1995 until December 1996. From 1981 to 1995, Mr. Lyon was Managing
Director and a founding shareholder of BPS. Prior to this, Mr. Lyon held senior
management positions within Bernard Wardle & Co., Smurfit Limited, and W.R.
Grace, where he had over 25 years experience in the printing and packaging
industries. He holds a degree in mechanical engineering from City University,
London, and Bachelors and Masters degrees in economics from St. John's College,
Cambridge.
 
   
     Dr. William R. Romig.  Dr. Romig was appointed Vice President of Research
and Development of the Company in September of 1994, and, as of January 1, 1998,
serves as Senior Vice President of Science and Technology. From 1988 until 1994,
Dr. Romig was first Senior Director of Vegetable Genetics and then Senior
Director of Business Development and Director of Product Development for
FreshWorld, a joint venture between DNA Plant Technology Corporation, a public
company, and DuPont. Prior to 1988, he worked for General Foods Corporation
(Kraft) eventually attaining the highest technical position of Principal
Scientist. Dr. Romig received his B.S. in Plant Pathology from Cornell
University and his Ph.D. from the University of Delaware. He has held positions
of Adjunct Professor at several universities and has lectured and published in
the area of fresh-cut fruits and vegetables. Dr. Romig is also Chairman of the
Company's Scientific Advisory Board.
    
 
     Antony P. Kendall.  Mr. Kendall joined the Company in August 1996 as chief
executive of BPS (now EPL Flexible Packaging Ltd. From 1970 to 1996, Mr. Kendall
worked for the UCB group of companies in various senior management positions.
Most recently he was Managing Director of UCB Flexible Ltd., responsible for
marketing its specialty packaging products in the U.K. and for Pepsico European
contracts. He holds a B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University
of London.
 
     Virginia N. Finnerty.  Ms. Finnerty has served as Chief Operating Officer
of IPS Produce, Inc., the subsidiary through which the Company conducts its
activities related to fresh-cut potatoes, since June 1997. From June 1994 to
June 1997, Ms. Finnerty served as the Company's Director of Business
Development. From December 1993 to June 1994, Ms. Finnerty worked in sales and
marketing development for the Greater Philadelphia Chamber of Commerce. From
1990 to 1993, Ms. Finnerty served as a sales and marketing manager for Osterman
Foods. Ms. Finnerty holds a BFA and an Education Certification from Temple
University and an MBA in marketing from St. Joseph's University.
 
     Jose Saenz de Santa Maria.  Mr. Saenz has served as Managing Director of
Fabbri since its acquisition by the Company in December 1997. Mr. Saenz joined
the Company in July 1997 as an independent consultant, and was responsible for
conducting the Company's on-site due diligence with respect to the Fabbri
Acquisition. From January 1994 to July 1997 Mr. Saenz served as Managing
Director of AMCOR Flexibles Espano. Prior to this, Mr. Saenz served as a senior
executive of Ramondine, Inc., a specialty packaging company, from August 1987 to
December 1993. He is a law graduate of the University of Madrid and holds
Masters degrees in Commercial Management and Marketing from CESEM Business
School (Madrid).
 
     Robert D. Mattei.  Mr. Mattei is an investor and entrepreneur. Mr. Mattei
has been self-employed in various aspects of the food service industry for more
than 20 years. As a restaurateur, Mr. Mattei has developed, operated and sold
many successful operations. Mr. Mattei currently owns three restaurants, and
acts as an industry consultant primarily involved in the development of
restaurant concepts. Mr. Mattei has been a member of the Board of Directors of
the Company since February 1988 and was Secretary of the Company from February
1988 to March 1993.
 
     Ronald W. Cantwell.  Mr. Cantwell currently serves as President of Trilon
and has done so since its inception in June 1995. Mr. Cantwell also serves as
President of VC Holdings, Inc., the sole manager of Trilon. Prior to this, Mr.
Cantwell served as President of The Catalyst Group, Inc., where he executed a
variety of merchant banking activities and developed and directed the strategic
plan for a diverse mix of utility assets. In addition, he was involved in
advising numerous mergers, acquisitions and restructuring matters for The Edper
Group, the principal investor in The Catalyst Group. Prior to joining The
Catalyst Group, Mr. Cantwell spent nineteen years in the practice of public
accounting, most recently with Ernst & Young, where he was a tax partner and
headed the Dallas-based Mergers and Acquisitions practice.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   42
 
   
     The Company is currently interviewing potential candidates to fill the seat
to be vacated by Mr. Cantwell upon completion of the Offering or at such later
time as his replacement has been appointed. No one has yet been appointed.
    
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table sets forth the aggregate cash compensation paid by the
Company for the year ended December 31, 1997 for services rendered in all
capacities to the Chief Executive Officer and each of the other four most highly
compensated executive officers (the "Named Executive Officers").
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION                         LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                             ---------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------------
                                                                              AWARDS                  PAYOUTS
                                                                       ---------------------   ----------------------
                                                                       RESTRICTED
                                                           OTHER         STOCK      OPTIONS/    LTIP      ALL OTHER
                                    SALARY     BONUS    COMPENSATION    AWARD(S)      SARS     PAYOUTS   COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION  YEAR     ($)       ($)         ($)           ($)         (#)        ($)         ($)
- ---------------------------  ----   -------   -------   ------------   ----------   --------   -------   ------------
<S>                          <C>    <C>       <C>       <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>
Paul L. Devine............   1997   275,000   225,000                         0     100,000          0           0
  Chairman, President        1996   225,000   210,978           0             0     250,000          0           0
  and Chief Executive        1995    56,250   100,000     120,000             0     100,000          0           0
  Officer
Derrick W. Lyon...........   1997         0         0     148,500(1)          0           0          0           0
  CEO -- EPL                 1996         0         0     184,000(1)          0      50,000          0           0
  Technologies               1995         0         0      36,000(1)          0      50,000          0           0
  (Europe) Ltd
Antony Kendall............   1997   125,470     8,200      13,089(2)          0      25,000          0           0
  Chief Executive            1996    47,839         0       2,470(2)          0      50,000          0           0
  EPL Flexible               1995         0         0           0             0           0          0           0
  Packaging Ltd
Timothy B. Owen...........   1997   105,000    40,000           0             0      50,000          0           0
  Secretary and              1996    90,000         0           0             0      57,500          0           0
  Treasurer                  1995    60,000         0      30,000             0      62,500          0           0
William R. Romig..........   1997   105,750    14,075       1,634             0      75,000          0           0
  Vice President,            1996    94,089     5,000           0             0      87,500          0           0
  Research &                 1995    85,000         0           0             0      17,500          0           0
  Development
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) includes payments made to DWL Associates Limited, an entity controlled by
    Mr. Lyon, for the provision of consulting and advisory services. Amounts
    assume an exchange rate in 1995/6 of L1:$1.60 and L1:$1.65 in 1997.
 
(2) assumes an exchange rate of L1:$1.65.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
     With the exception of Mr. Devine in his capacity as an officer of the
Company, no cash compensation was paid to any director of the Company during the
year ended December 31, 1997. In May 1997, in accordance with the terms of the
Company's 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, Robert D. Mattei and former director Dr.
Rainer G. Bichlbauer were each granted an option to acquire 7,500 shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $10.50 per share, for their services as
members of the audit and compensation committees. Also pursuant to the 1994
Stock Incentive Plan, Mr. William Hopke, also a former director, served for part
of fiscal 1996 and was granted an option to acquire 5,000 shares of Common Stock
at an exercise price of $10.50 per share for his services as a member of such
committees. These options are exercisable for five-year terms and have exercise
prices equal to the fair market value of such shares on the date of grant.
 
EMPLOYMENT AND CONSULTING CONTRACTS
 
     Mr. Devine and the Company are parties to an employment agreement dated as
of January 1, 1997 which provides that Mr. Devine is to serve as the Company's
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer. The agreement
provides for a rolling three year term. The Agreement provides for a base salary
to be fixed by the Board which, as of January 1, 1997, was $275,000 per year.
Pursuant to the agreement the Company will maintain life insurance on Mr.
Devine's life with a face amount equal to at least $1,000,000, for which Mr.
Devine may designate a beneficiary. Under the agreement Mr. Devine also will be
entitled to receive a retirement benefit if he remains continuously employed (as
defined) by the Company until age fifty.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   43
 
   
Generally, if Mr. Devine retires at age 65, the retirement benefit to be
received annually will be equal to 50% of his average annual base salary and
bonus during the final three years of his employment (less benefits from any
other defined benefit pension plan of the Company). The percentage of Mr.
Devine's average annual base salary and bonus will be reduced or increased by 6%
for each year by which Mr. Devine elects to have such retirement benefit
commence earlier or later than his 65th birthday. The agreement also provides
that Mr. Devine is entitled to participate in all benefit plans and arrangements
of the Company and may also receive bonuses, if any, as determined by the Board
of Directors. In the past, the Board has made such bonus awards upon the
achievement of various goals by Mr. Devine, including the completion of various
financings, acquisitions and other transactions. The agreement also provides
certain disability and death benefits to Mr. Devine, as well as severance
payments approximately equal to Mr. Devine's average salary and bonus for the
previous three years, to continue for three years if Mr. Devine is terminated
under certain conditions. Additionally, Mr. Devine is entitled to receive a
payment of slightly less than three times his "base amount" (as defined in the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986) in the event of a "change of control" of the
Company (as defined in the agreement). This agreement also contains certain
customary provisions regarding confidentiality and non-competition.
    
 
   
     The Company entered into a Consulting Agreement with DWL Associates Ltd.,
an entity controlled by Mr. Lyon, for the provision of consulting and advisory
services. The agreement, which was signed as part of the acquisition by the
Company of Bakery Packaging Services Limited (now known as EPL Flexible
Packaging Limited ("EPL Flexible")) in September 1995, had an original term of
two years, expiring September 14, 1997. Under its terms, however, the agreement
continues in effect until terminated by either party serving six months notice.
Annual fees of (pounds in sterling) 90,000 ($149,000 at an exchange rate of
(pounds in sterling) 1: $1.65) are payable under this agreement, plus the
reimbursement of directly incurred expenses.
    
 
   
     The Company, through EPL Flexible, entered into an employment agreement
with Mr. Kendall commencing on August 1, 1996, which provides that Mr. Kendall
is to serve as Chief Executive of EPL Flexible. The agreement originally
provided for an annual salary of (pounds in sterling) 70,000 ($115,000 at an
exchange rate of (pounds in sterling) 1:$1.65), which salary is reviewable on
January 1 annually and has been increased to (pounds in sterling) 83,000
($137,000 at an exchange rate of (pounds in sterling) 1:$1.65) as of July 1,
1997, together with customary benefits, such as vacation, the provision of an
automobile, healthcare coverage and contributions into a defined contribution
pension scheme. A bonus is also payable upon the achievement of certain
performance targets, as agreed on an annual basis. After the first twelve
months, the contract may be terminated by either side upon six months' notice.
The agreement also contains certain customary provisions regarding
confidentiality and non-competition.
    
 
     The Company entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Romig effective
September 1, 1994, which provides for a twelve month term, with annual renewal
terms. Effective January 1, 1998, the Company entered into a new agreement with
Dr. Romig, which runs for an initial term of two years, with annual renewal
terms thereafter. Either party may terminate the contract upon six months'
notice. The initial annual salary is $120,000, with a bonus of up to 25% of the
salary based upon the achievement of agreed-upon objectives. In addition to the
customary provisions on vacation and healthcare coverage, the agreement also
provides that, in the event of a termination of employment by either party due
to a change in control (as defined in the agreement), Dr. Romig would receive a
total payment equal to twice his annual salary plus a bonus equal to his average
bonus earned over the previous twelve months. The agreement also contains
certain customary provisions regarding confidentiality and non-competition.
 
   
     The Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Crowell effective
February 18, 1998, under which Mr. Crowell will serve as Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer. The contract has an initial term of two years with
annual renewal terms thereafter. Either party may terminate the agreement upon
four weeks notice. If the Company terminates Mr. Crowell's employment without
cause, or the initial or any renewal term expires without being renewed, Mr.
Crowell will receive an amount, paid in monthly installments, equal to his
annual base salary and bonus (if any) earned in the previous twelve months. The
initial annual salary is $180,000, with a bonus of up to 35% of the salary based
upon the achievement of agreed-upon objectives. In addition to customary
provisions on vacation and healthcare coverage, the agreement also provides for
relocation expenses. The agreement further provides that, in the event of a
termination of employment by either party due to a change in control (as defined
in the agreement),
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   44
 
   
Mr. Crowell would receive a total payment equal to twice his annual salary plus
a bonus equal to his average bonus earned over the previous twelve months. The
agreement also contains certain customary provisions regarding confidentiality
and non-competition. Mr. Crowell was also awarded options to purchase 100,000
shares of Common Stock, which vested on the date of grant.
    
 
1994 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
     The Company's 1994 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted by the shareholders on
July 21, 1994, and modified by the shareholders to increase the shares issuable
thereunder and to make certain other changes on July 22, 1996, and again on July
21, 1997. The Plan is intended as an additional incentive to certain employees,
certain consultants or advisors and non-employee members of the Board of
Directors to enter into or remain in the employ of the Company or to serve on
the Board of Directors by providing them with an additional opportunity to
increase their proprietary interest in the Company and to align their interests
with those of the Company's shareholders generally through the receipt of
options to purchase Common Stock and has been structured to comply with the
applicable provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and Rule 16b-3 thereunder. The Plan provides for the grant of
incentive stock options within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended, and non-qualified stock options and the award of shares of Common
Stock. The particular terms of each option grant or stock award are set forth in
a separate agreement between the Company and the optionee or award recipient.
The Plan is administered by the 1994 Stock Incentive Plan Administration
Committee appointed by the Board of Directors, which is currently comprised of
Robert D. Mattei and Ronald W. Cantwell. The committee has the discretion to
determine the number of shares subject to each award, and other applicable terms
and conditions, including a grant's vesting schedule. The term of an option may
not be more than five years from the grant date. Options granted under the Plan
generally terminate three months after an optionee ceases to be employed by the
Company (twelve months in the case of death or disability). The Plan provides
that no option may be granted under it after May 4, 1999.
 
     The following table sets forth certain information concerning grants of
stock options made during the year ended December 31, 1997 to Named Executive
Officers.
 
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                                   ----------------------------------                  POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE AT
                                                 % OF                                     ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF
                                             TOTAL OPTIONS                             STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                                              GRANTED TO     EXERCISE                    OPTION TERM (5 YEARS)(1)
                                   OPTIONS   EMPLOYEES IN    OR BASE    EXPIRATION    -------------------------------
              NAME                 GRANTED    FISCAL YEAR     PRICE        DATE        0%         5%           10%
              ----                 -------   -------------   --------   -----------   -----    ---------    ---------
<S>                                <C>       <C>             <C>        <C>           <C>      <C>          <C>
Paul L. Devine...................  100,000       18.51%       $14.00     11/14/2002      0      386,794      854,714
Derrick W. Lyon..................        0           0             0            N/A    N/A          N/A          N/A
Antony Kendall...................   25,000        4.63         14.00     11/14/2002      0       96,699      213,679
Timothy B. Owen..................   50,000        9.25         14.00     11/14/2002      0      193,397      427,357
William R. Romig.................   75,000       13.88         14.00     11/14/2002      0      290,096      641,036
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The dollar amounts under these columns are the result of calculations at 0%,
    5% and 10% rates set by the Securities and Exchange Commission and therefore
    are not intended to forecast possible future appreciation of the price of
    the Common Stock.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   45
 
     The following table sets forth certain information concerning exercises of
stock options during the year ended December 31, 1997 and the value of
unexercised stock options at December 31, 1997 for Named Executive Officers.
 
                   AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL
                   YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES(1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          NUMBER OF SECURITIES            VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                         UNDERLYING OPTIONS AT          IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                            SHARES                         DECEMBER 31, 1997              DECEMBER 31, 1997(1)
                           ACQUIRED        VALUE      ----------------------------    ----------------------------
          NAME            ON EXERCISE    REALIZED     EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE    EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE
          ----            -----------    ---------    -----------    -------------    -----------    -------------
<S>                       <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>
Paul L. Devine..........    200,000(1)   2,212,500(1)   400,000               0        1,462,500               0
Derrick W. Lyon.........          0              0      100,000               0          618,750               0
Antony Kendall..........          0              0       75,000               0          109,375               0
Timothy B. Owen.........      5,000(1)      60,625(1)   170,000               0          669,375               0
William R. Romig........          0              0      180,000               0          468,751               0
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) None of the shares underlying the exercised options has been sold as at
    December 31, 1997.
 
(2) At December 31, 1997, the split-adjusted closing price of a share of Common
    Stock on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market was $12.25.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     The members of the Company's Compensation Committee during fiscal 1997 were
Mr. Mattei, who served for the entire year, and Mr. Cantwell, who was elected to
the committee in May 1997. Neither Mr. Mattei nor Mr. Cantwell were officers of
the Company during such period. Except as disclosed under "Certain
Transactions," neither of the members of the Compensation Committee nor any of
their affiliates entered into any transactions with the Company during 1997.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   46
 
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
   
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock as of March 13, 1998, and as adjusted to reflect
the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby by: (i) each person known by the
Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Common Stock, (ii)
each director, (iii) each of the executive officers named in the Summary
Compensation Table, (iv) all executive officers and directors of the Company as
a group, and (v) the Selling Shareholder. Except as set forth below, the
shareholders named below have sole voting and investment power with respect to
all shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned by them.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        SHARES BENEFICIALLY                      SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                          OWNED PRIOR TO                             OWNED AFTER
                                          THE OFFERING(1)         NUMBER OF          THE OFFERING
                                       ---------------------    SHARES BEING     --------------------
      NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER          NUMBER       PERCENT       OFFERED        NUMBER      PERCENT
      ------------------------         ---------     -------    -------------    ---------    -------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>        <C>              <C>          <C>
Trilon Dominion Partners, L.L.C......  2,690,903(2)    25.8%      2,690,903             --        --
Lancer Partners, L.P. ...............  1,788,505(3)    19.6              --      1,788,505      15.9%
Norwich Union Investment Management
  Limited............................    481,250(4)     5.3              --        481,250       4.3
Paul L. Devine.......................    770,416(5)     8.0              --        770,416       6.6
Robert D. Mattei.....................    214,482(6)     2.3              --        214,482       1.9
Ronald W. Cantwell...................  2,690,903(7)    25.8              --             --        --
Derrick W. Lyon......................    100,000(8)     1.1              --        100,000      *
Dr. William R. Romig.................    180,000(8)     1.9              --        180,000       1.6
Timothy B. Owen......................    187,500(9)     2.0              --        187,500       1.6
Antony E. Kendall....................     75,000(8)       *              --         75,000      *
Directors and executive officers as a
  group (11 persons).................  4,549,552(10)   38.7       2,690,903      1,858,649      14.8
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
  *  Less than one percent.
 
 (1) Unissued shares of Common Stock of each owner subject to currently
     exercisable options or other rights to acquire securities exercisable
     within 60 days of the date hereof are included in the totals listed and are
     deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of
     Common Stock owned by such person, but are not deemed to be outstanding for
     the purpose of computing the percentage of the class owned by any other
     person. The effect of this calculation is to increase the stated total
     ownership percentage currently controlled. Information in the table is
     based solely upon information contained in filings with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission, pursuant to sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the records of the Company.
 
 (2) Includes 1,288,666 shares of Common Stock that may be acquired by
     converting 1,933,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into shares of
     Common Stock. Trilon Dominion Partners, L.L.C. beneficially owns 93.2% of
     the Company's outstanding Series A Preferred Stock. The address for Trilon
     Dominion Partners, L.L.C. is 245 Park Avenue, Suite 2820, New York, NY
     10017.
 
 (3) Includes shares of Common Stock held by funds other than Lancer Partners,
     L.P., but which are commonly managed in a group that includes Lancer
     Partners, L.P. The address for Lancer Partners, L.P. is 375 Park Avenue,
     Suite 2006, New York, NY 10017.
 
 (4) Includes 31,250 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants.
     The address for Norwich Union Investment Management Limited is Sentinel
     House, 37 Surrey Street, Norwich NR13UZ U.K.
 
   
 (5) Includes 440,000 shares of Common Stock that may be acquired by (i)
     converting 50,000 shares of A Preferred Stock into 33,333 shares of Common
     Stock, (ii) exercising options to acquire 400,000 shares of Common Stock
     and (iii) exercising warrants to acquire 6,666 shares of Common Stock. Mr.
     Devine beneficially owns 2.4% of the Series A Preferred Stock. The address
     for Mr. Devine is c/o the Company, 2 International Plaza, Suite 245,
     Philadelphia, PA 19113-1507.
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   47
 
   
 (6) Includes 47,500 shares of Common Stock that may be acquired by exercising
     options to acquire 47,500 shares of Common Stock and 10,000 shares of
     Common Stock owned by Mr. Mattei's wife, as to which he disclaims
     beneficial ownership.
    
 
   
 (7) Mr. Cantwell may be considered to be an indirect beneficial owner of such
     shares of Common Stock by virtue of his ownership of all of the voting
     stock of VC Holdings, the sole manager of Trilon Dominion Partners, L.L.C.
     ("Trilon") and owner of 100% of the voting interest in Trilon. The only
     other member of Trilon is Dominion Capital, Inc., a Virginia Corporation
     ("Dominion Capital"), which holds a non-voting membership interest in
     Trilon. Dominion Capital is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dominion
     Resources, Inc., a Virginia corporation ("Dominion Resources"). Both
     Dominion Capital and Dominion Resources may be considered to be indirect
     beneficial owners of such shares of Common Stock of the Company. However,
     both entities disclaim any indirect beneficial ownership of such shares.
    
 
   
 (8) Amount shown represents shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     options.
    
 
   
 (9) Includes 170,000 shares of Common Stock that may be acquired by exercising
     options.
    
 
   
(10) Includes 2,631,166 shares of Common Stock that may be acquired by (i)
     converting 1,983,000 shares of A Preferred Stock into 1,322,000 shares of
     Common Stock, (ii) exercising options to acquire 1,302,500 shares of Common
     Stock and (iii) exercising warrants to acquire 6,666 shares of Common
     Stock.
    
 
RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING SHAREHOLDER
 
     The Company had a revolving line of credit under an agreement originally
obtained from Dominion Capital, Inc. ("Dominion"), a related party of the
Selling Shareholder, which was to have expired on March 21, 1998, bearing
interest at prime plus 2.5%. In July 1995, Dominion transferred its interest in
this line of credit to the Selling Shareholder. On October 2, 1995, the Selling
Shareholder agreed to convert the outstanding principal amount of $4,050,000
under the line of credit into 506,250 shares of Common Stock and Warrants to
purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock for $8.00 per share. The Company also
issued 40,653 shares of Common Stock in settlements of accrued interest under
this facility of $310,164, and 22,350 shares of Common Stock in settlement of
commitment fees.
 
   
     Effective October 21, 1997, the Company completed a revolving line of
credit agreement with the Selling Shareholder (the "Trilon Line"). In connection
with obtaining the Trilon Line, Company paid the Selling Shareholder a total
transaction fee of $100,000. Under the Trilon Line, the Selling Shareholder made
available to the Company $2.1 million for working capital purposes. Any amounts
drawn were secured by, among other things, a blanket lien on the assets of the
Company's wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries and on the assets of the Company
itself. Interest was at the "prime rate" (as published in the Wall Street
Journal) plus 3% or 4% and payable quarterly in arrears. Part of the proceeds of
the Series D Placement was used to repay the Trilon Line on November 12, 1997,
whereupon the Company instructed the Selling Shareholder to cancel the Trilon
Line and to file appropriate releases of all collateral securing the Trilon
Line. The Trilon Line therefore is no longer available for drawings.
    
 
     Trilon's investment in the Company constitutes a substantial portion of
Trilon's overall investment portfolio and as such, Mr. Cantwell, by virtue of
his share ownership in VC Holdings, may be deemed to have a significant economic
interest in the proposed Offering. The Company and Trilon have agreed that the
expenses of the Offering will be apportioned to and paid by Trilon in the same
proportion as the gross proceeds of the Offering received by Trilon bears to the
aggregate gross proceeds of the Offering. The Company and Trilon also have
agreed to indemnify each other from certain liabilities in connection with the
Offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   48
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
   
     The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock,
3,250,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and 4,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Board Designated Preferred Stock"), of which
3,843,056 shares remain undesignated. All outstanding shares of Common Stock
issued are fully paid and nonassessable. As of December 31, 1997, the Company
had 9,047,983 shares of Common Stock outstanding. All of the Series A Preferred
Stock has been issued and 2,073,000 shares remain outstanding (including the
1,933,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock that are to be converted by the
Selling Shareholder as part of this Offering). The Board designated and issued
531,915 shares of Board Designated Preferred Stock as Series B Preferred Stock
in July 1996. These shares were converted into shares of Common Stock in August
1997. In May 1997, the Board designated and issued 144,444 shares of Board
Designated Preferred Stock as Series C Preferred Stock. These shares were
converted into shares of Common Stock on March 6, 1998. In November 1997, the
Board designated and issued 12,500 shares of Board Designated Preferred Stock,
and as of March 13, 1998, all such shares of Series D Preferred Stock were
outstanding. As of December 31, 1997, assuming exercise of all outstanding
options and warrants to purchase Common Stock and conversion of all outstanding
Preferred Stock, there would have been 13,872,095 shares of Common Stock
outstanding.
    
 
     The following is a summary description of the Company's capital stock and
is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Company's Amended and Restated
Articles of Incorporation, as amended (the "Articles of Incorporation"), and the
Company's Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended (the "Bylaws"), which are
exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share owned of
record on all matters submitted to the vote of shareholders. The holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote constitute a quorum for the
taking of corporate action by shareholders. There are no cumulative voting
rights. Except on matters for which a higher vote is required by law, the vote
of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares present or represented
and entitled to vote is required. Subject to preferences of the Preferred Stock,
the holders of Common Stock will be entitled to such dividends as may be
declared from time to time by the Board of Directors from funds legally
available therefor and will be entitled, after payment of all prior claims, to
receive, on a pro rata basis, all assets of the Company upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company. The Common Stock is not redeemable,
does not have any conversion rights and is not subject to call. Holders of
Common Stock have no preemptive right to maintain their respective percentage of
ownership in future offers and sales of stock by the Company. The rights,
preferences and privileges of holders of Common Stock are subject to the rights,
preferences and privileges of the Preferred Stock.
 
   
     The Common Stock currently is included on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under
the symbol EPTG. For approximately 30 days after March 18, 1998, the Company's
Common Stock is included in the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbol "EPTGD"
to indicate the recent 1-for-2 reverse stock split. An application has been made
to include the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the same symbol.
    
 
SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK
 
     Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to dividends at the
rate of 10% of par value ($1.00 per share) per annum. At the option of the
Company, dividends may be paid either in cash or in Common Stock. If dividends
are paid in Common Stock, the Common Stock will be valued at the conversion
price of $1.50 per share (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock
dividends, the effect of mergers and the like). If dividends are not paid, the
right to receive unpaid dividends will accumulate, but without interest. No
dividends may be paid on the Common Stock at a time when payment of dividends on
the Series A Preferred Stock is in arrears. As of December 31, 1997, accumulated
dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock were $1,334,000. At the election of a
holder of Series A Preferred Stock, each share of Series A Preferred Stock
                                       46
<PAGE>   49
 
   
may be converted into that number of shares of Common Stock determined by
dividing $1.00 by the conversion price of $1.50 per share (subject to adjustment
for stock splits, stock dividends, the effect of mergers and the like). Each
holder of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to
the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such holder's shares of
Series A Preferred Stock are convertible. Except when voting by class or series
is required by law or the Articles of Incorporation, holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of the Common
Stock as a single class. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the Company, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock are
entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution
to its shareholders at the rate of $1.00 per share (subject to adjustment for
stock splits, stock dividends, the effect of mergers and the like). This payment
to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be made in full by the Company
prior to any payment being made to the holders of Common Stock. With respect to
dividends, the Series A Preferred Stock ranks pari passu with the Series B and
Series C Preferred Stock and with respect to liquidation, ranks pari passu with
the Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock.
    
 
SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
     In August 1997, the holders of all 531,915 shares of Series B Preferred
Stock converted their shares into 265,958 shares of Common Stock, at which time
dividends ceased to accumulate. As of the date on which such stock was
converted, accumulated dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock were $270,000.
Accrued but unpaid dividends do not bear interest and may, at the Company's
option, be paid in cash or in Common Stock at a stated conversion price of $9.40
per share (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, the effect
of mergers and the like). No dividends may be paid, declared or set apart for
payment on the Common Stock until all accumulated dividends on the Series B
Preferred Stock have been paid, or declared and set apart for payment. With
respect to dividends, the Series B Preferred Stock ranks pari passu with the
Series A and Series C Preferred Stock and with respect to liquidation, ranks
pari passu with the Series A, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock.
    
 
   
SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK
    
 
   
     On March 6, 1998, the holders of all 144,444 shares of Series C Preferred
Stock converted their shares into 72,222 shares of Common Stock, at which time
dividends ceased to accumulate. As of the date on which such stock was
converted, accumulated dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock were $49,417.
Accrued but unpaid dividends do not bear interest and may, at the Company's
option, be paid in cash or in Common Stock at a stated conversion price of $9.00
per share (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, the effect
of mergers and the like). No dividends may be paid, declared or set apart for
payment on the Common Stock until all accumulated dividends on the Series B
Preferred Stock have been paid, or declared and set apart for payment. With
respect to dividends, the Series C Preferred Stock ranks pari passu with the
Series A and Series B Preferred Stock and with respect to liquidation, ranks
pari passu with the Series A, Series B and Series D Preferred Stock.
    
 
SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK
 
     Holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, which has a stated value of $1,000
per share (the "Stated Value"), are not entitled to any dividends. So long as
any shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Company may not
(i) declare or pay any dividend upon, (ii) make any distribution upon, or (iii)
purchase or redeem, any shares of Common Stock without the approval of the
holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred
Stock, voting together as a class.
 
     At the option of each holder, each share of the Series D Preferred Stock is
convertible, subject to certain limitations, into such number of shares of
Common Stock as is determined by dividing the sum of (i) the Stated Value and
(ii) a premium equal to 4% of the Stated Value per annum accruing from the date
of issuance, by the "Conversion Price" then in effect (generally, the lesser of
(x) 94% of the lowest five-day average closing bid price per share of Common
Stock during a specified period of time and (y) $11.63, subject to adjustment),
subject to certain limitations and exceptions; provided, however, that no holder
of shares of Series D Preferred Stock may convert any such shares during the
180-day period following the issuance thereof, and may thereafter convert only a
percentage of such shares prior to the 271st day after such issuance. At the
option of the holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, such shares are
redeemable upon the
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   50
 
occurrence of certain events, including defaults under certain agreements
relating to the Series D Preferred Stock and the failure to maintain the listing
of the Common Stock on certain stock exchanges. The Series D Preferred Stock is
redeemable immediately upon the occurrence of other events, including (i) an
assignment by the Company for the benefit of creditors or the filing of an
application for or the appointment of a receiver or trustee for its business or
property, (ii) the institution of bankruptcy or similar proceedings, or (iii)
the failure to obtain the requisite approval of the Corporation's shareholders
if required by Nasdaq in connection with the issuance of shares of Common Stock
upon the conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock, or the waiver by Nasdaq of
such requirement.
 
     The holders of the Series D Preferred Stock have limited voting rights. To
the extent holders of the Series D Preferred Stock are entitled by law to vote
on a matter with holders of Common Stock, voting together as one class, each
share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal
to the number of shares of Common Stock into which it is convertible. So long as
any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company cannot take
the following actions without first obtaining the approval of the holders of at
least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock:
(i) altering or changing the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D
Preferred Stock or any other securities of the Company as to affect adversely
the Series D Preferred Stock ("Change of Rights"); (ii) creating any new class
or series of capital stock having a preference over the Series D Preferred Stock
as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company; (iii) creating any new class or series of capital stock ranking pari
passu with the Series D Preferred Stock as to distribution of assets upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; (iv) increasing the
authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, or any other shares of
capital stock that rank senior to or pari passu with the Series D Preferred
Stock as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of the Company; or (v) taking any action not authorized or contemplated by the
Series D Certificate that would result in taxation of the holders of shares of
Series D Preferred Stock under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended. In the event holders approve a Change of Rights by at least a
two-thirds vote, any dissenting holder of Series D Preferred Stock shall have
the right for a period of thirty (30) days to convert its shares to Common Stock
pursuant to the Series D Certificate.
 
     In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,
the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock are entitled to be paid out of the
assets of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders an amount
equal to 115% of the Liquidation Preference (as defined below) with respect to
each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock. The "Liquidation Preference"
shall mean an amount equal to the sum of (a) the stated value of the Series D
Preferred Stock, plus (b) an amount equal to 4% per annum of such stated value
for the period beginning on the date of issuance of such share and ending on the
date of final distribution to the holder thereof, pro rated for any portion of
such period. If, upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the
assets and funds available for distribution among the holders of Series D
Preferred Stock and holders of pari passu securities are insufficient to permit
payment to all such holders of all preferential amounts, the Company's assets or
funds shall be distributed ratably among such shares in proportion to the ratio
that the Liquidation Preference payable on each share of Series D Preferred
Stock bears to the aggregate liquidation preference payable on all such shares.
The (i) disposition of substantially all the assets of the Company, (ii)
effectuation of a transaction or series of related transactions (other than an
underwritten public offering) in which more than 50% of the voting power of the
Company is disposed of or (iii) consolidation, merger or other business
combination of the Company with or into any other entity when the Company is not
the survivor, shall, at the option of any holder of Series D Preferred Stock,
either (a) be deemed a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,
pursuant to which the Company will be required to distribute upon consummation
of the transaction an amount equal to 115% of the Liquidation Preference with
respect to each share of Series D Preferred Stock, or (b) be treated, in
accordance with the Series D Certificate, as an adjustment to the conversion
price by which shares of Series D Preferred Stock may be converted into Common
Stock.
 
   
     In addition, in connection with the issuance of the Series D Preferred
Stock, the Company issued warrants to purchase 201,614 shares of Common Stock
exercisable at $20.16 at any time until November 6, 2002. As to liquidation, the
Series D Preferred Stock ranks pari passu with the Series A, Series B and Series
C Preferred Stock.
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   51
 
BOARD DESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Board of Directors currently has the authority to issue up to 3,843,056
additional shares of Board Designated Preferred Stock, in one or more classes or
series with full, limited, multiple, fractional or no voting rights and with
such designation, preferences, qualification, privileges, limitations,
restrictions, options, conversion rights or other special or relative rights,
without any further vote by shareholders, except for and subject to, in each
case, the limitations and provisions of the Colorado Business Corporation Act.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
     The holders of a total of approximately 207,750 shares of Common Stock
either issued in the acquisition of CMC, or purchased during the period in which
the private placement of the Series C Preferred Stock was pending and
consummated (the "1997 Common Sale Shares"), and all of the Preferred Stock
convertible into shares of Common Stock are entitled to certain rights with
respect to the registration under the Securities Act of such shares of Common
Stock.
 
     Series A Preferred Stock.  Under registration rights agreements concluded
in connection with the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, at any time
after the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, a
holder of such shares of Common Stock may require the Company to file with the
SEC a registration statement on Form S-3 or such other registration statement
for which the Company may then be eligible and appropriate amendments, if any,
to such registration statement necessary to cause such registration statement to
become effective and to register such holder's shares of Common Stock under the
Securities Act. On October 11, 1996, the Company filed a registration statement
on Form S-3 with the SEC (declared effective by the SEC on November 12, 1996)
(the "1996 Form S-3") registering, among other shares, all 1,586,666 shares of
Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock. The Selling Shareholder owns Series A Preferred Stock
convertible into 1,288,666 shares of Common Stock, which are proposed to be sold
in this Offering, and are also covered by the 1996 Form S-3. Upon completion of
the Offering, the Selling Shareholder will no longer hold any shares carrying
registration rights and 140,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock convertible
into 93,333 shares of Common Stock will remain outstanding.
 
   
     Series B Preferred Stock.  Upon written request of the holders representing
not less than 51% of the shares of Common Stock registerable upon conversion of
the Series B Preferred Stock, given at any time after conversion, the Company is
required to prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-3
or such other registration statement for which the Company may then be eligible
and appropriate amendments, if any, to the registration statement necessary to
cause such registration statement to become effective and to register such
shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act. During the three months ended
September 30, 1997, the holders of all 531,915 shares of Series B Preferred
Stock elected to fully exercise their right to convert such shares into 531,915
shares of Common Stock. The registration rights associated with such shares of
Common Stock expire on July 11, 1999. The 1996 Form S-3 registered, among other
shares, all 265,958 shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the
outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.
    
 
   
     Series C Preferred Stock.  On no more than three occasions after
conversion, the holders representing not less than 51% of the shares of Common
Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock into Common
Stock, may require the Company to prepare and file with the SEC a registration
statement on Form S-3 or such other registration statement for which the Company
may then be eligible and appropriate amendments, if any, to cause such
registration statement to become effective and to register such shares of Common
Stock under the Securities Act. A holder's registration right terminates upon
written agreement between the Company and the holder of the Series C Preferred
Stock. On December 12, 1997, the Company obtained such an agreement and filed a
registration statement on Form S-3 (the "1997 Form S-3") with the SEC (declared
effective by the SEC on February 17, 1998) registering, among other shares, the
1997 Common Sale Shares and all 72,222 shares of Common Stock issued upon
conversion of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock.
    
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   52
 
   
     Series D Preferred Stock.  On December 12, 1997, in accordance with the
terms of a registration rights agreement by and among the Company and the
initial purchasers of the Series D Preferred Stock and related warrants, the
Company filed the 1997 Form S-3 with the SEC registering, among other shares, up
to 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding
shares of Series D Preferred Stock and 201,614 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the exercise of the related warrants. However, in the nine months following
November 11, 1997, there are restrictions on the ability of the holders to
convert the Series D Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock and, thus,
restrictions on their ability to sell such shares of Common Stock.
    
 
   
     Furthermore, in the event that the Company fails to maintain effectiveness
of such registration statement during the Registration Period (as hereinafter
defined), the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and related warrants shall
have certain "piggy back" registration rights upon the Company's filing of
another registration statement relating to an offering for the Company's own
account or the account of others under the Securities Act of any of the
Company's equity securities (with limitations). The Registration Period is
defined to be the time during which the Company obtains and maintains
effectiveness of the 1997 Form S-3 until such date as is the earlier of (i) the
date on which all of the shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the
Series D Preferred Stock have been sold and (ii) the date on which such shares
may be immediately sold without restriction and without registration under the
Securities Act.
    
 
     Common Stock Owned by Clifford M. Coles.  On October 17, 1997, in
connection with the Company's acquisition of CMC, the Company issued 39,000
shares of Common Stock to Clifford M. Coles ("Coles"). At the time of the
acquisition, the Company and Coles also entered into a registration rights
agreement whereby the Company granted Coles certain "piggy back" registration
rights. In accordance with the registration rights agreement, Coles is entitled
to participate in a registered offering by the Company up to, in the aggregate,
no more than 50% of the Common Stock issued to Coles in connection with the
acquisition (less the number of shares otherwise sold or transferred by Coles).
The 1997 Form S-3 registers, among other shares, 19,500 of the shares owned by
Coles. The Company has obtained a waiver from Coles with respect to any
registration rights he may have in connection with the Offering.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Company's Common Stock is
Securities Transfer Corporation, based in Dallas, Texas. The Company acts as the
transfer agent and registrar for all classes of Preferred Stock.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   53
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
   
     Effective October 21, 1997, the Company completed the Trilon Line. In
connection with obtaining the Trilon Line, Company paid Trilon a total
transaction fee of $100,000. Under the Trilon Line, Trilon made available to the
Company $2.1 million for working capital purposes. Amounts drawn were secured
by, among other things, a blanket lien on the assets of the Company's
wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries and on the assets of the Company itself. Interest
was at the "prime rate" (as published in the Wall Street Journal) plus 4% and
payable quarterly in arrears. Part of the proceeds of the placement of the
Series D Preferred Stock and the warrants issued in connection with the Series D
Preferred Stock was used to repay the Trilon Line on November 12, 1997,
whereupon the Trilon Line was cancelled. The Trilon Line therefore is no longer
available for drawings. Mr. Cantwell, a director of the Company, is the
President of Trilon and President of VC Holdings, the sole managing member of
Trilon.
    
 
     The Company had a revolving line of credit under an agreement originally
obtained from Dominion Capital, Inc. ("Dominion"), a related party of Trilon,
which was to have expired on March 21, 1998, bearing interest at prime plus
2.5%. In July 1995, Dominion transferred its interest in this line of credit to
Trilon. On October 2, 1995 Trilon agreed to convert the outstanding principal
amount of $4,050,000 under the line of credit into 1,012,500 shares of Common
Stock and warrants to purchase 50,000 shares of Common Stock for $4.00 per
share. In addition, the Company issued 81,306 shares of Common Stock in
settlement of accrued interest of $310,164, and 12,000 shares of Common Stock in
settlement of commitment fees.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   54
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
     Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will have 11,230,868 shares
of Common Stock outstanding (11,755,868 shares if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full), and an additional 1,326,803 shares
of Common Stock will be issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock, calculated
as of March 15, 1998 in accordance with the provisions of the Series D Preferred
Stock. The 3,500,000 shares offered hereby (4,025,000 shares if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be freely
tradeable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act.
Substantially all of the remaining shares, including those issuable upon
conversion of Preferred Stock, are registered with the SEC pursuant to effective
registration statements, or are otherwise freely tradeable without restriction,
except for approximately 1,861,149 shares held by "affiliates" of the Company
within the meaning of the Securities Act and not covered by an effective
registration statement, which will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule
144.
    
 
     In general, under Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned shares for
at least one year, including an "affiliate," as that term is defined in the
Securities Act, is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of
shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then-outstanding
shares of Common Stock (approximately 111,457 shares after the completion of the
Offering), or the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks
preceding filing of notice of such sale, subject to certain requirements
concerning availability of public information, manner and notice of sale.
 
     In addition, affiliates must comply with the restrictions and requirements
of Rule 144, other than the one-year holding period requirement, in order to
sell shares of Common Stock which are not restricted securities. Under Rule
144(k), a person who is not an affiliate and has not been an affiliate for at
least three months prior to the sale and who has beneficially owned restricted
shares for at least a two-year holding period may resell such shares without
compliance with the foregoing requirements.
 
   
     The Company, its executive officers (except as described below), directors
and the Selling Shareholder (except in connection with the Offering), who will
own upon completion of the Offering an aggregate of 1,861,149 shares of Common
Stock, have agreed that they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell,
offer to sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase or
otherwise sell or dispose of (or announce any offer, sale, offer of sale,
contract of sale, pledge, grant of any option to purchase or other sale or
disposition of) any shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Company
or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for,
any shares of Common Stock, or other capital stock of the Company, for a period
of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent
of Prudential Securities Incorporated, on behalf of the Underwriters.
Principally in connection with his exercise of Company stock options, Paul L.
Devine, the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer pledged 330,417
shares of Common Stock as collateral for a margin loan made by a brokerage firm.
If a margin call occurs and Mr. Devine does not provide additional collateral to
the brokerage firm, the brokerage firm will be entitled to sell pledged shares
of Common Stock. Prudential Securities Incorporated may, in its sole discretion,
at any time and without notice, release all or any portion of the securities
subject to such lock-up agreements.
    
 
     As of December 31, 1997, the Company has effective registration statements
covering an aggregate of 1,758,125 shares available for issuance upon the
exercise of options granted under the Option Plan and another plan and 341,198
shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants. An additional 512,125 shares of
Common Stock are reserved for issuance under the Option Plan.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   55
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
   
     The underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), for whom Prudential
Securities Incorporated and Pennsylvania Merchant Group are acting as
representatives (the "Representatives"), have severally agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement, to purchase from
the Company and the Selling Shareholder, the number of shares of Common Stock
set forth below opposite their respective names:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NUMBER
                        UNDERWRITER                           OF SHARES
                        -----------                           ---------
<S>                                                           <C>
Prudential Securities Incorporated..........................
Pennsylvania Merchant Group ................................
 
Total.......................................................  3,500,000
                                                              =========
</TABLE>
    
 
     The Company and the Selling Shareholder are obligated to sell, and the
Underwriters are obligated to purchase, all of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby, if any are purchased.
 
   
     The Underwriters, through the Representatives, have advised the Company and
the Selling Shareholder that they propose to offer the shares of Common Stock
initially at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus; that the Underwriters may allow to selected dealers a concession of
$          per share; and that such dealers may reallow a concession of
$          per share to certain other dealers. After the public offering, the
public offering price and the concessions may be changed by the Representatives.
    
 
     The Company has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days
from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 525,000 additional shares of
Common Stock at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and
commissions, as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. The Underwriters
may exercise such option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments
incurred in the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. To the extent
such option to purchase is exercised, each Underwriter will become obligated,
subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of
such additional shares as the number of shares set forth opposite each
Underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to 3,500,000.
 
   
     The Company, its executive officers and directors (except as described
below) and the Selling Shareholder have agreed that they will not, without the
prior written consent of Prudential Securities Incorporated, on behalf of the
Underwriters, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, offer to sell, contract to
sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, or otherwise sell or dispose of (or
announce any offer, sale, offer of sale, contract of sale, pledge, grant of any
option to purchase or other sale or disposition of) any shares of Common Stock
or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable for shares of Common
Stock or other similar securities of the Company, currently beneficially owned
or hereafter acquired by such persons, for a period of 180 days after the date
of this Prospectus, except in connection with the Offering. Principally in
connection with his exercise of Company stock options, Paul L. Devine, the
Company's President and Chief Executive Officer pledged 330,417 shares of Common
Stock as collateral for a margin loan made by a brokerage firm. If a margin call
occurs and Mr. Devine does not provide additional collateral to the brokerage
firm, the brokerage firm will be entitled to sell pledged shares of Common
Stock. Prudential Securities Incorporated may, in its sole discretion, at any
time and without prior notice, release all or any portion of the shares of
Common Stock subject to such lock-up agreements.
    
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   56
 
     The Company and the Selling Shareholder have agreed to indemnify the
several Underwriters and to contribute to losses arising out of certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. The Company and the
Selling Shareholder also have agreed to indemnify each other from certain
liabilities in connection with the Offering, including liabilities under the
Securities Act.
 
     In connection with this Offering, certain Underwriters or their respective
affiliates who are qualified market makers on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or the
Nasdaq National Market may engage in passive market making transactions in the
Common Stock of the Company on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or the Nasdaq National
Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act during
the business day prior to the pricing of the Offering before the commencement of
offers and sales of Common Stock. Passive market makers must comply with
applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as such. In
general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of
the highest independent bid for such security, if all independent bids are
lowered below the passive market maker's bid, however, such bid must then be
lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded.
 
     In connection with the Offering, certain Underwriters (and selling group
members, if any) and their respective affiliates may engage in transactions that
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Stock.
Such transactions may include stabilization transactions effected in accordance
with Rule 104 of Regulation M promulgated by the Securities and Exchange
Commission, pursuant to which such persons may bid for or purchase Common Stock
for the purpose of stabilizing its market price. The Underwriters also may
create a short position for the account of the Underwriters by selling more
Common Stock in connection with the Offering than they are committed to purchase
from the Company, and in such case may purchase Common Stock in the open market
following the closing of the Offering to cover all or a portion of such short
position. The Underwriters may also cover all or a portion of such short
position, up to 525,000 shares of Common Stock, by exercising the Underwriters'
over-allotment option referred to above. In addition, Prudential Securities
Incorporated, on behalf of the Underwriters, may impose "penalty bids" under
contractual arrangements with the Underwriters whereby it may reclaim from an
Underwriter (or selling group member participating in the Offering) for the
account of the other Underwriters, the selling concession with respect to Common
Stock that is distributed in the Offering but subsequently purchased for the
account of the Underwriters in the open market. Any of the transactions
described in this paragraph may result in the maintenance of the price of the
Common Stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open
market. None of the transactions described in this paragraph are required, and,
if they are undertaken, then they may be discontinued at any time.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
     Certain legal matters in connection with the shares of Common Stock being
offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Ballard Spahr Andrews &
Ingersoll, LLP, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and Denver, Colorado, for the Selling
Shareholder by Pryor, Cashman, Sherman & Flynn, New York, New York, and for the
Underwriters by Alston & Bird LLP, Atlanta, Georgia.
    
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
     The consolidated financial statements of EPL Technologies, Inc. as of
December 31, 1996 and 1997, and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1997 included in this Prospectus and Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,
independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere
herein and in the Registration Statement, and have been so included in reliance
upon such report given upon their authority as experts in accounting and
auditing.
    
 
     The consolidated financial statements of Fabbri Artes Graficas Valencia
S.A. as of September 30, 1997 and 1996 and for each of the two years in the
period ended September 30, 1997 included in this Prospectus and Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part have been audited by Coopers &
Lybrand, S.A., independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon
appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   57
 
Statement, and have been so included in reliance upon such report given upon
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed a registration statement on Form S-1 (herein,
together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, the "Registration
Statement"), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"), with respect to the securities offered pursuant to this Prospectus. This
Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
Statement, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and
regulations of the SEC. For further information, reference is made to the
Registration Statement and the exhibits filed as a part thereof. Statements
contained herein concerning any document filed as an exhibit are, in each
instance, qualified by, and reference is made to, the copy of such document
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
 
     The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange
Act and in accordance therewith files reports, proxy and information statements
and other information with the SEC. Reports, proxy statements and other
information concerning the Company filed with the SEC can be inspected and
copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at its office at
Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, as well as at the
Regional Offices of the SEC at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite
1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661, and 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York,
New York 10048. Copies of such material can be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549,
at prescribed rates. The SEC maintains a Web site (http://www.sec.gov.) that
contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. Shares of the
Company's Common Stock are currently traded on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and an
application has been made to list the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National
Market. Such reports, proxy and information statements and other information can
also be inspected and copied at the offices of The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.,
1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   58
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
  Independent Auditors' Report..............................   F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and
     1997...................................................   F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
     December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997.......................   F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the
     Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997...........   F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
     December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997.......................   F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................   F-7
FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA S.A.
  Independent Auditors' Report..............................  F-22
  Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1997 and 1996..........  F-23
  Statements of Income for the Years Ended September 30,
     1997 and 1996..........................................  F-24
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30,
     1997 and 1996..........................................  F-25
  Notes to the Accounts.....................................  F-26
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA:
  Introduction..............................................  F-35
  Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Pro Forma Statement of
     Operations.............................................  F-36
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   59
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
  EPL Technologies, Inc.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
 
   
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of EPL
Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 1996 and
1997, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders'
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
    
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
   
     In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of EPL Technologies, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
    
 
   
     As discussed in Note 18, the accompanying financial statements give effect
to a 1-for-2 reverse stock split effective March 13, 1998.
    
 
   
                                          DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
    
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
   
February 27, 1998 (March 13, 1998 as to Note 18)
    
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   60
 
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------
                                                                  1996           1997
                                                              ------------   ------------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $  1,639,567   $  3,756,956
  Accounts receivable, net..................................     2,911,660      5,382,125
  Due from related parties..................................        34,101             --
  Inventories...............................................     1,938,819      3,411,213
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................       623,792      1,060,506
                                                              ------------   ------------
          Total current assets..............................     7,147,939     13,610,800
                                                              ------------   ------------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, Net.................................     4,005,711      8,145,543
                                                              ------------   ------------
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, Net:
  Patent and distribution rights, net of accumulated
     amortization of $2,459,757 and $2,772,371 at December
     31, 1996 and 1997......................................     1,303,121        977,903
  Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $311,960 and
     $633,827 at December 31, 1996 and 1997.................     2,503,655      3,247,229
  Other intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of
     $82,161 and $117,989 at December 31, 1996 and 1997.....       254,996        218,480
                                                              ------------   ------------
          Total other assets................................     4,061,772      4,443,612
                                                              ------------   ------------
TOTAL ASSETS................................................  $ 15,215,422   $ 26,199,955
                                                              ============   ============
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable..........................................  $  3,005,577   $  4,738,369
  Accrued expenses..........................................     1,213,964      1,147,597
  Other liabilities.........................................       396,418        815,280
  Current portion of long-term debt.........................       262,779        396,070
                                                              ------------   ------------
          Total current liabilities.........................     4,878,738      7,097,316
LONG-TERM DEBT..............................................     1,554,161      1,791,903
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.......................................       161,926         77,964
MINORITY INTEREST...........................................       202,120             --
                                                              ------------   ------------
          Total liabilities.................................     6,796,945      8,967,183
                                                              ------------   ------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 13)
CONVERTIBLE SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK, $.01 par value --
  authorized, issued and outstanding 0 and 12,500 shares in
  1996 and 1997.............................................            --     10,617,346
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Convertible Series A Preferred Stock, $1.00 par
     value -- authorized, 3,250,000 shares; issued and
     outstanding 2,490,000 and 2,073,000 shares in 1996 and
     1997, respectively.....................................     2,490,000      2,073,000
  Convertible Series B Preferred Stock $0.01 par value
     authorized, 531,915 shares; issued and outstanding
     531,915 and 0 shares in 1996 and 1997, respectively....         5,319             --
  Convertible Series C Preferred Stock, $.001 par
     value -- authorized, issued and outstanding, 0 and
     144,444 shares in 1996 and 1997, respectively..........            --            144
  Common Stock, $0.001 par value -- authorized, 50,000,000
     shares; issued and outstanding, 7,765,600 and 9,047,982
     shares in 1996 and 1997, respectively..................         7,765          9,048
  Additional paid-in capital................................    21,947,444     28,697,761
  Accumulated deficit.......................................   (16,283,464)   (24,206,954)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment...................       251,413         42,427
                                                              ------------   ------------
          Total stockholders' equity........................     8,418,477      6,615,426
                                                              ------------   ------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY..................  $ 15,215,422   $ 26,199,955
                                                              ============   ============
</TABLE>
    
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   61
 
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1995           1996           1997
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
Sales...............................................  $ 3,239,566    $11,314,141    $19,953,480
Cost of sales.......................................    2,468,843      9,136,286     18,090,546
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
Gross profit........................................      770,723      2,177,855      1,862,934
Selling, general and administrative expenses........    2,638,116      4,413,365      6,692,727
Research and development costs......................      600,529        938,719      1,202,645
Depreciation and amortization.......................      574,293      1,009,746      1,289,758
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
Loss from operations................................   (3,042,215)    (4,183,975)    (7,322,196)
Interest expense, net...............................      267,176         20,223        122,025
Minority interest...................................           --         (9,711)      (202,120)
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
Loss before income tax expense......................   (3,309,391)    (4,194,487)    (7,242,101)
Income tax expense (benefit)........................       10,543        101,432        (55,043)
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
Net loss............................................   (3,319,934)    (4,295,919)    (7,187,058)
Accretion, discount and dividends on preferred
  stock.............................................      313,854        998,924      1,167,486
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
Net loss applicable to common stockholders..........  $(3,633,788)   $(5,294,843)   $(8,354,544)
                                                      ===========    ===========    ===========
Loss per common share...............................  $     (0.78)   $     (0.71)   $     (1.00)
                                                      ===========    ===========    ===========
Weighted average common shares outstanding..........    4,655,529      7,436,759      8,372,537
                                                      ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   62
 
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SERIES A              SERIES B            SERIES C
                                       COMMON STOCK         PREFERRED STOCK        PREFERRED STOCK    PREFERRED STOCK
                                    ------------------   ----------------------   -----------------   ----------------
                                     NUMBER     AMOUNT    NUMBER       AMOUNT      NUMBER    AMOUNT   NUMBER    AMOUNT
                                    ---------   ------   ---------   ----------   --------   ------   -------   ------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1995..........  3,828,206   $3,828   3,250,000   $3,250,000
  Shares issued in private
    placement (net of issuance
    cost).........................  1,375,000   1,375
  Conversion of note payable to
    common shares (net of
    write-off of deferred finance
    costs)........................  1,012,500   1,012
  Shares issued to pay expenses
    and fees......................    115,236     115
  Conversion of preferred shares
    to common shares..............    240,000     240     (360,000)    (360,000)
  Exercise of warrants............     33,334      34
  Net loss........................
  Foreign currency translation
    adjustment....................
                                    ---------   ------   ---------   ----------   --------   ------   -------    ----
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995........  6,604,276   6,604    2,890,000    2,890,000
  Preferred shares issued for
    cash..........................                                                 531,915   $5,319
  Discount on Series B preferred
    stock.........................
  Exercise of options.............    192,000     192
  Shares issued to pay expenses
    and fees......................      2,992       3
  Conversion of preferred shares
    to common shares..............    266,667     267     (400,000)    (400,000)
  Exercise of warrants (net of
    costs)........................    699,665     699
  Net loss........................
  Foreign currency translation
    adjustment....................
                                    ---------   ------   ---------   ----------   --------   ------   -------    ----
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996........  7,765,600   7,765    2,490,000    2,490,000    531,915   $5,319
  Shares issued in private
    placement (net of issuance
    costs)........................    168,750     169
  Preferred shares issued for
    cash:
    Series C preferred stock......                                                                    144,444    $144
    Series D preferred stock......
    Accretion of Series C warrant
      value.......................
    Accretion of Series D
      warrants, discount, increase
      in stated value and issuance
      costs.......................
    Discount on Series C preferred
      stock.......................
    Exercise of options (net of
      costs)......................    410,250     410
    Conversion of preferred shares
      to common shares............    543,957     544     (417,000)    (417,000)  (531,915)  (5,319)
    Exercise of warrants (net of
      costs)......................    119,425     120
    Shares issued for
      acquisitions................     40,000      40
  Net loss........................
  Foreign currency translation
    adjustment....................
                                    ---------   ------   ---------   ----------   --------   ------   -------    ----
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997........  9,047,982   $9,048   2,073,000   $2,073,000          0   $   0    144,444    $144
                                    ---------   ------   ---------   ----------   --------   ------   -------    ----
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                    ADDITIONAL                     CURRENCY         TOTAL
                                      PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED    TRANSLATION    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                      CAPITAL       DEFICIT       ADJUSTMENT       EQUITY
                                    -----------   ------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                 <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1995..........  $ 5,210,046   $ (8,042,611)   $  (3,124)     $   418,139
  Shares issued in private
    placement (net of issuance
    cost).........................    4,878,625                                    4,880,000
  Conversion of note payable to
    common shares (net of
    write-off of deferred finance
    costs)........................    3,910,643                                    3,911,655
  Shares issued to pay expenses
    and fees......................      424,889                                      425,004
  Conversion of preferred shares
    to common shares..............      359,760
  Exercise of warrants............       66,633                                       66,667
  Net loss........................                  (3,319,934)                   (3,319,934)
  Foreign currency translation
    adjustment....................                                   (5,692)          (5,692)
                                    -----------   ------------    ---------      -----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995........   14,850,596    (11,362,545)      (8,816)       6,375,839
  Preferred shares issued for
    cash..........................    2,494,681                                    2,500,000
  Discount on Series B preferred
    stock.........................      625,000       (625,000)
  Exercise of options.............      255,328                                      255,520
  Shares issued to pay expenses
    and fees......................       23,929                                       23,932
  Conversion of preferred shares
    to common shares..............      399,733
  Exercise of warrants (net of
    costs)........................    3,298,177                                    3,298,876
  Net loss........................                  (4,295,919)                   (4,295,919)
  Foreign currency translation
    adjustment....................                                  260,229          260,229
                                    -----------   ------------    ---------      -----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996........   21,947,444    (16,283,464)     251,413        8,418,477
  Shares issued in private
    placement (net of issuance
    costs)........................    1,246,672                                    1,246,841
  Preferred shares issued for
    cash:
    Series C preferred stock......      622,549                                      622,693
    Series D preferred stock......    1,943,569                                    1,943,569
    Accretion of Series C warrant
      value.......................       19,833        (19,833)
    Accretion of Series D
      warrants, discount, increase
      in stated value and issuance
      costs.......................                    (644,377)                     (644,377)
    Discount on Series C preferred
      stock.......................       72,222        (72,222)
    Exercise of options (net of
      costs)......................    1,489,557                                    1,489,967
    Conversion of preferred shares
      to common shares............      421,775
    Exercise of warrants (net of
      costs)......................      369,180                                      369,300
    Shares issued for
      acquisitions................      564,960                                      565,000
  Net loss........................                  (7,187,058)                   (7,187,058)
  Foreign currency translation
    adjustment....................                                 (208,986)        (208,986)
                                    -----------   ------------    ---------      -----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997........  $28,697,761   $(24,206,954)   $  42,427      $ 6,615,426
                                    -----------   ------------    ---------      -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   63
 
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------------
                                                                 1995          1996          1997
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss..................................................  $(3,319,934)  $(4,295,919)  $(7,187,058)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
    used in operating activities:
    Expenses paid with common stock.........................      425,004        23,932            --
    Depreciation and amortization...........................      574,293     1,009,746     1,289,758
    Minority interest and gain on sale of fixed assets......           --       (10,376)     (189,954)
  Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from
    acquisitions of businesses, which provided (used) cash:
    Accounts receivable.....................................      536,394    (1,381,262)      218,752
    Due from related parties................................        1,429        40,676        34,101
    Inventories.............................................      247,262    (1,136,800)       36,617
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................       (8,549)     (168,520)     (274,905)
    Accounts payable........................................     (185,067)    1,192,893       529,792
    Accrued expenses........................................     (207,513)      669,632      (405,749)
    Other liabilities.......................................       43,237       216,022        27,900
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
      Net cash used in operating activities.................   (1,893,444)   (3,839,976)   (5,920,746)
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Fixed assets acquired.....................................     (442,438)   (1,997,071)   (1,036,638)
  Proceeds from sale of fixed assets........................           --        23,033        36,822
  Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired...........   (3,172,528)     (767,869)   (7,330,279)
  Cost of patent acquired...................................       (8,000)           --        (4,157)
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
      Net cash used in investing activities.................   (3,622,966)   (2,741,907)   (8,334,252)
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Repayment to stockholders.................................      (74,912)           --            --
  Proceeds from long-term debt..............................           --     1,511,127     1,800,410
  Payment of long-term debt.................................     (145,719)   (1,126,377)   (1,429,377)
  Proceeds from notes payable  stockholder..................    2,250,000            --            --
  Proceeds from sale of common stock/warrants/options.......    4,946,667     3,554,396     3,671,110
  Proceeds from sale of preferred stock.....................           --     2,500,000    12,539,230
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
      Net cash provided by financing activities.............    6,976,036     6,439,146    16,581,373
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE ON CASH.............................       (5,692)      260,229      (208,986)
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.......................    1,453,934       117,492     2,117,389
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR................       68,141     1,522,075     1,639,567
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR......................  $ 1,522,075   $ 1,639,567   $ 3,756,956
                                                              ===========   ===========   ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Interest paid.............................................  $    26,683   $   107,027   $   195,857
  Income taxes paid.........................................           --   $    55,635   $    23,951
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING
  ACTIVITIES:
  Accretion of warrants, discount, increased value and
    issuance costs related to preferred stock...............           --   $   625,000   $   736,432
  Issuance of common stock for:
  Conversion of note payable to common shares...............  $ 4,050,000            --            --
  Acquisition of subsidiary.................................           --            --   $   565,000
  Exchange for services and other fees......................  $   114,840   $    23,932   $        --
  Payment of interest.......................................  $   310,164            --            --
  Conversion of preferred shares to common shares...........  $   360,000   $   400,000   $   422,319
</TABLE>
    
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   64
 
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     A.  Organization -- EPL Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") is engaged in
         the development, manufacture and marketing of proprietary food
         processing aids, packaging technologies and related scientific services
         that facilitate the maintenance of the quality and integrity of fresh
         produce.
 
     B.  Principles of Consolidation -- The consolidated financial statements
         include the accounts of EPL Technologies, Inc. and its majority and
         wholly owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions and
         balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
     C.  Cash and Cash Equivalents -- The Company considers all short-term
         investments with a maturity of three months or less to be cash
         equivalents.
 
     D.  Accounts Receivable -- Accounts receivable are shown net of allowance
         for doubtful accounts of $153,037 and $419,212 as of December 31, 1996
         and 1997, respectively.
 
     E.  Inventories -- Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net
         realizable value. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out (FIFO)
         method (Note 3).
 
     F.  Property and Equipment -- Property and equipment are stated at cost.
         Depreciation and amortization is calculated by the straight-line
         method, based upon the estimated useful lives of the assets which are
         as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>
  Production and laboratory
     equipment.....................  5-10 years
  Machinery and office equipment...  3-11 years
  Leasehold improvements...........  The term of the lease or the estimated life of
                                     the asset, whichever is shorter.
  Motor Vehicles...................  3-6 years
  Buildings........................  20-40 years
</TABLE>
 
     G.  Other Assets --
         
         GOODWILL (NOTE 6) -- Goodwill related to the acquisition of certain
         subsidiaries is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 10 years.
 
         DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS (NOTE 5) -- Are being amortized on a straight-line
         basis over the ten-year life of the distribution rights agreement.
 
         PATENTS (NOTE 5) -- Are being amortized on a straight-line basis over
         the life of the patent. Initially, costs related to new patents are
         expensed as incurred. However, once a patent has been confirmed to
         patent pending status, then the direct incremental cost is capitalized
         and amortized over the estimated useful life of the patent.
 
         OTHER INTANGIBLES (NOTE 6) -- Other intangibles which consist of
         trademarks, formulations and non-compete agreements are being amortized
         on a straight-line basis over 5 to 10 years.
 
         Total amortization expense related to intangible assets was $452,364,
         $624,844 and $670,309 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and
         1997, respectively.
 
     H.  Income Taxes -- The Company has adopted the provisions of Financial
         Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income
         Taxes (SFAS No. 109). SFAS No. 109 requires that deferred income taxes
         reflect the tax consequences in future years of differences between the
         tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial report amounts
         using the enacted marginal rate in effect for the year in which the
         differences are expected to reverse.
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   65
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     I.   Revenue Recognition -- Revenues are recognized either at the time of
          shipment to customers or, for inventory held at customers' facilities,
          at the time the product is utilized in the customers' processing
          operations.
 
     J.   Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment -- The financial statements of
          the Company's foreign subsidiaries have been translated into U.S.
          dollars in accordance with SFAS No. 52. All balance sheet accounts
          have been translated using the current exchange rate at the balance
          sheet date. Income statement amounts have been translated using the
          average rate for the year. The profit or loss resulting from the
          change in exchange rates has been reported separately as a component
          of stockholders' equity.
 
     K.   Reclassifications -- Certain reclassifications have been made to the
          1995 and 1996 consolidated financial statements in order to conform
          with the 1997 presentation.
 
     L.   Use of Estimates -- The preparation of financial statements in
          conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires
          management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
          amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
          and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
          reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
          Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     M.   Long Lived Assets -- The Company evaluates the carrying value of its
          long lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
          circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be
          recoverable. Measurement of the amount of impairment, if any, is based
          upon the difference between the carrying value and estimated fair
          value.
 
     N.   Stock-Based Compensation -- During the year ended December 31, 1996,
          the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
          No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. The Company will
          continue to measure compensation expense for its stock-based employee
          compensation plans using the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB
          Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. See Note 11
          for pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if
          the fair value-based method prescribed by SFAS No. 123 had been
          applied in measuring compensation expense.
 
     O.   New Accounting Pronouncements -- As discussed in Note 12, during the
          year ended December 31, 1997, the Company adopted SFAS No. 128,
          Earnings Per Share.
 
          In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive
          Income. This statement, which establishes standards for reporting and
          disclosing comprehensive income, is effective for interim and annual
          periods beginning after December 15, 1997, although earlier adoption
          is permitted. Reclassification of financial information for earlier
          periods presented for comparative periods is required under SFAS No.
          130. As this statement only requires additional disclosures in the
          Company's consolidated financial statements, its adoption will not
          have any impact on the Company's consolidated financial position or
          results of operations. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 130 effective
          January 1, 1998.
 
          In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments
          of an Enterprise and Related Information. This statement which
          establishes standards for the reporting of information about operating
          segments and requires the reporting of selected information about
          operating segments in interim financial statements, is effective for
          fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997, although earlier
          application is permitted. Reclassification of segment information for
          earlier periods presented for comparative periods is required under
          SFAS No. 131. The Company does not expect adoption of this statement
          to result in changes to its presentation of financial information. The
          Company will adopt SFAS No. 131 effective January 1, 1998.
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   66
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
2.  OPERATIONS
 
     The Company's continued ability to operate is dependent upon its ability to
maintain adequate financing and to achieve levels of revenue necessary to
support the Company's cost structure. Historically, the Company's revenues have
not been sufficient to fund the development of the Company's business, and thus
it has had to finance its operating losses externally, principally through
equity financing.
 
     The Company has undergone a number of operational improvements as well as
made significant investments in development and marketing activities related to
its various processing aids businesses in 1997, which the Company's management
believes will improve cash flows from operations. Management believes that such
changes, together with existing resources will be sufficient to meet the
Company's operating needs for the next twelve months. The Company may, however,
be required to seek additional debt or equity financing to implement its growth
strategy.
 
3.  INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                      ------------------------
                                                         1996          1997
                                                      ----------    ----------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>
Raw materials and supplies..........................  $  938,050    $2,285,588
Finished goods......................................   1,000,769     1,125,625
                                                      ----------    ----------
          Total inventories.........................  $1,938,819    $3,411,213
                                                      ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                      ------------------------
                                                         1996          1997
                                                      ----------    ----------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>
Production and laboratory equipment.................  $3,489,187    $5,352,748
Buildings...........................................     814,154     3,491,214
Machinery and office equipment......................     243,213       306,843
Leasehold improvements..............................      26,099        20,077
Motor vehicles......................................      88,251        43,776
                                                      ----------    ----------
  Total property and equipment......................   4,660,904     9,214,658
Accumulated depreciation and amortization...........    (655,193)   (1,069,115)
                                                      ----------    ----------
Property and equipment (net)........................  $4,005,711    $8,145,543
                                                      ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
   
     Depreciation expense was $121,929, $384,902, and $619,449 for the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
    
 
5.  PATENT AND DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS
 
     In connection with the acquisition of Agra Research, Inc. on December 31,
1992, the purchase cost was allocated primarily to patents acquired. The patent
was formally approved in June 1990, and, therefore, the patent value is being
amortized over the remaining fourteen and one half years of its life commencing
January 1, 1993. Patents, net, totaled $1,073,522 and $977,903 as of December
31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The Company owns the exclusive right to
establish the worldwide sales, marketing and distribution network for the food
processing products of Agra Research, Inc. for a period of ten years. The
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   67
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Company issued 1,530,656 restricted shares of common stock for these product
rights at a value of $1.50 per share for a total of $2,295,984. The asset is
being amortized on a straight-line basis over the ten-year life of the
distribution rights agreement. Distribution rights, net, totaled $229,599 as of
December 31, 1996. As of December 31, 1997, distribution rights have been fully
amortized.
 
6.  ACQUISITIONS
 
   
     In December 1997, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding
share of capital of Fabbri Artes Graficas Valencia S.A. ("Fabbri"), a Spanish
company, through a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, EPL
Technologies SL. Fabbri is based in Valencia, Spain and is a converter, printer
and marketer of specialty flexible packaging, serving principally the southern
European citrus fruit market. The business was acquired for cash of US
$5,500,000 (825 million pesetas @ $1.00 = 150 pesetas). The Company has
accounted for the Fabbri acquisition under the purchase method of accounting.
The cost of the acquisition has been allocated on the basis of the estimated
fair market value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. This
allocation resulted in net write-up of the property, plant and equipment
acquired of approximately $1,658,000 over the book value of such assets. The
Fabbri acquisition was financed with a portion of the proceeds from a private
placement of 12,500 shares of its Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per
share (the "Series D Stock"), raising gross proceeds of $12,500,000 before
deducting associated costs of approximately $583,000 (see Note 9).
    
 
     The results of Fabbri have been included with those of the Company since
the date of acquisition. The following summarized unaudited consolidated pro
forma information for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 has been
presented as if the Fabbri acquisition had occurred on January 1, 1996. This
unaudited pro forma information is based on the historical results of operations
adjusted for acquisition costs and, in the opinion of management, is not
necessarily indicative of what the results would have been had the Company
operated Fabbri since January 1, 1996:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                          ----------------------------
                                              1996            1997
                                          ------------    ------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>
Sales...................................  $ 19,435,000    $ 26,781,000
Net loss................................    (5,238,000)    (10,841,000)
Loss per common share...................         (0.70)          (1.29)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     In October 1997 the Company acquired 100% of California Microbiological
Consulting, Inc. ("CMC"), based in Walnut Creek, California. CMC was acquired in
a primarily stock transaction valued at approximately $650,000 (including
acquisition costs). The cost of acquisition has been allocated on the basis of
the estimated fair market value of the assets acquired and the liabilities
assumed. This allocation resulted in goodwill of approximately $509,000 which is
being amortized over 10 years. CMC specializes in food safety, forensic testing
and microbiological consulting.
    
 
   
     In July 1996, the Company formed NewCorn Co., LLC, a jointly owned limited
liability company in which the Company owns a 51% equity interest. As of
December 31, 1996 the remaining 49% interest was owned by Underwood Ranches, the
trade name of Agricultural Innovation and Trade, Inc. In December 1997, NewCorn
Co. acquired certain assets of Twin Garden Sales Inc. in exchange for $600,000
in cash and a 15% membership interest in NewCorn Co. The cost of the acquisition
has been allocated on the basis of the estimated fair market value of the assets
acquired. This allocation resulted in goodwill of approximately $498,000, which
is being amortized over 10 years. The Company continues to own 51% of the joint
venture while Underwood Ranches' interest was reduced to 34%. Since the equity
of the minority partners has been reduced to zero, the Company is recording 100%
of NewCorn Co.'s losses until such time as NewCorn achieves a profitable level.
NewCorn Co. utilizes the Company's proprietary processing aid and packaging
technologies and Underwood's and Twin Garden's existing corn processing and
distribution capabilities.
    
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   68
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     On April 19, 1996, the Company acquired substantially all of the tangible
and intangible assets of Pure Produce, a Massachusetts general partnership,
through a wholly owned subsidiary, Pure Produce, Inc., a Massachusetts
corporation. The total cost of the acquisition was approximately $150,000. Pure
Produce is in the business of providing companies in the food industry,
especially those involved with fresh and minimally processed produce, with
analysis, protocols and plans relating to food and quality assurance programs
including microbial testing.
 
     In July 1996, the Company acquired, through a wholly owned U.K. subsidiary
(EPL Flexible Packaging Limited ("EPL Flexible")), some of the fixed assets
located at Gainsborough, Lincolnshire, UK, of a division of Printpack Europe
(St. Helens) Limited ("Printpack St. Helens"). EPL Flexible also assumed a real
estate lease and offered employment to some of the employees of Printpack St.
Helens. The total net consideration paid was $1,286,500. This company
specializes in the printing of flexible packaging films serving primarily the
snack food industry.
 
     In July 1996, the Company formed a wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, Crystal
Specialty Films, Inc., to acquire the assets and assume some of the liabilities
of Crystal Plastics, Inc., based in Illinois. Crystal uses "K" resin and
polystyrene resins to manufacture a range of proprietary films for a variety of
applications. After an initial payment of approximately $400,000, an additional
amount of $267,000 is payable in quarterly installments over two years, with a
final payment based on the performance of the business over the next two years.
Crystal serves as the site for proprietary gas-flame perforation equipment which
the Company has had custom-built in the U.K. and which is planned to be the
basis for penetration of the U.S. film perforation market.
 
     Except as noted above, the pro forma effects of these acquisitions were not
significant in 1997 and 1996.
 
7.  INCOME TAXES
 
     The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1996 and
1997 consists of deferred foreign income tax expense (benefit) of $101,432 and
$(55,043), respectively. There was no federal or state benefit provided for
domestic losses as a 100% valuation allowance was recorded based on management's
assessment that realization was not likely. In addition, there was no foreign
benefit provided for certain foreign losses as a 100% valuation allowance was
recorded based on management's assessment that realization was not likely. The
tax rate on other foreign income was less than the U.S. rate.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   69
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and is a summary of the significant components of the Company's
deferred federal tax assets and liabilities:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1996          1997
                                                              ----------    ----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Deferred Tax Asset:
  Other assets..............................................  $   31,340    $   59,983
  Foreign assets............................................          --       160,706
  Operating loss carryforwards..............................   4,552,532     6,628,944
                                                              ----------    ----------
  Gross deferred tax asset..................................   4,583,872     6,849,633
  Valuation allowance.......................................  (4,570,246)   (6,830,508)
                                                              ----------    ----------
     Deferred tax asset.....................................      13,626        19,125
                                                              ----------    ----------
Deferred Tax Liability:
  Fixed assets..............................................      13,626        19,125
  Foreign liability.........................................     161,926        77,964
                                                              ----------    ----------
  Deferred tax liability....................................     175,552        97,089
                                                              ----------    ----------
Net deferred tax liability..................................  $  161,926    $   77,964
                                                              ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
    
 
     For income tax reporting purposes, the Company has net operating loss
carryforwards of $19,496,893 which will expire between 2003 and 2012.
 
8.  LONG-TERM DEBT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                      ------------------------
                                                         1996          1997
                                                      ----------    ----------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>
Bank term loan and lines of credit..................  $1,387,125    $1,852,578
Notes payable.......................................     233,625       100,125
Capital leases......................................     196,190       235,270
                                                      ----------    ----------
                                                       1,816,940     2,187,973
Less current portion................................     262,779       396,070
                                                      ----------    ----------
Long-term debt......................................  $1,554,161    $1,791,903
                                                      ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
   
     In 1996, the Company refinanced its existing debt by EPL Technologies
(Europe) Limited entering into a bank term loan agreement. The bank term loan
matures in 2003 and carries an interest rate ranging from 2% to 2 1/4% over the
Bank of Scotland Base Rate, which base rate at December 31, 1997 was 7.25%. At
December 31, 1996 and 1997, $1,387,125 and $1,168,234 were outstanding under
this term loan agreement, respectively. In 1996, EPL Europe also entered into a
short term line of credit with Bank of Scotland for up to approximately $514,000
which bears interest of 2% over bank base rate. At December 31, 1997, $26,183
has been drawn on this line of credit. In 1997, EPL Europe entered into another
line of credit with Bank of Scotland for up to approximately $658,000, which
bears interest of 2% over bank base rate. At December 31, 1997, the entire
balance has been drawn on this line. The term loan and the lines of credit are
collateralized by the assets of EPL Europe and its subsidiaries. The debt
agreements with the Bank of Scotland contain certain covenants applicable to the
results of operations of these businesses which provide for maintenance of
minimum earnings before income taxes and cash flows to interest expense ratios.
During the final quarter of 1997, EPL Europe informed the Bank of Scotland that
it expected it would be unable to meet certain covenants for fiscal 1997.
Subsequent to December 31, 1997, EPL Europe and its subsidiaries, and the Bank
of Scotland agreed, to amend certain provisions of the facility agreements in
relation to these covenants.
    
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   70
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
   
Subsequent to December 31, 1997, the Company also reduced the availability under
its short-term line of credit to approximately $248,000.
    
 
     In conjunction with the acquisition of some of the assets of Crystal
Plastics, Inc., (Note 6), the Company entered into a $267,000 note payable with
the prior owner. The note was payable in 8 quarterly principal installments of
$33,375 through 1998. Subsequent to December 31, 1997, this note payable was
repaid in full.
 
     Other debt relates to capital leases that bear interest rates from 5.9%
through 13.0%, with varying monthly principal and interest payments.
 
     At December 31, 1997, aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt
(including current portion) were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING
DECEMBER 31,
- ------------
<S>                                                <C>
1998.............................................  $  396,070
1999.............................................     272,558
2000.............................................     265,879
2001.............................................     469,158
2002.............................................     466,197
Thereafter.......................................     318,111
                                                   ----------
                                                   $2,187,973
                                                   ==========
</TABLE>
 
9.  CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
     The Series A Preferred Stock, (the "Series A Stock") which has been issued
up to its authorized limit of 3,250,000, was issued at a price of $1.00 per
share with each share of Series A Stock carrying the option to convert into such
number of shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $1.00 by the
conversion price of $1.50 per share. The Series A Stock carries equal voting
rights to the common shares, based on the underlying number of common shares
after conversion. The Series A Stock carries a dividend rate of 10% per annum,
payable in cash and/or common shares ($1.50 per share) at the Company's option
(dividends in arrears at December 31, 1997 and 1996 totaled $1,334,159 and
$1,100,716, respectively.) During 1997, shareholders holding 417,000 shares of
Series A Stock elected to exercise their right of conversion, leaving 2,073,000
shares of Series A Stock outstanding at December 31, 1997. In addition, 20% of
the common stock conversion option carries detachable warrants at a price of
$2.00 per warrant. During 1997,1996 and 1995, 54,200, 12,333 and 33,334 warrants
were exercised, respectively, leaving 65,065 unexercised at December 31, 1997.
    
 
   
     At the Annual Meeting of the Company held on July 22, 1996, the
stockholders of the Company authorized the issuance of up 2,000,000 shares of
Board Designated Preferred Stock with such designations and preferences as the
Company's Board of Directors may determine from time to time. On July 23, 1996,
the Company issued 531,915 of these shares, designated as Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock at an aggregate consideration of $2,500,000 to two existing
institutional investors in the Company (the "Series B Stock"). Such issuance was
made under Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as a
transaction not involving a public offering. The Series B Stock contains the
option to convert into such number of shares of Common Stock as is determined by
dividing $4.70 by the Conversion Price (as defined in the documentation for the
Series B Stock) in effect at the time of conversion for each share of Series B
Stock and votes as a class, except as otherwise provided by law, with the Series
A stock, the Series C stock (as defined below) and the common stock, based on
the underlying number of shares of Common Stock after conversion. The extent of
the beneficial conversion feature, representing the difference between, the
$9.40 conversion price and the prevailing market price of the Common Stock at
the date of issuance, a total of $625,000, was
    
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   71
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
immediately accreted upon issuance. The Series B Stock carries a dividend rate
of 10% per annum, payable in cash and/or shares at the Company's option. The
outstanding dividends on the Series B Stock at December 31, 1997 and 1996
totaled $270,092 and $110,445, respectively. During 1997, the shareholders of
the Series B Preferred Stock elected to fully exercise their right of conversion
into common stock and thus there were no Shares of Series B Stock outstanding at
December 31, 1997.
 
   
     During 1997, the Company received gross proceeds of $1.0 million, before
deducting associated costs of approximately $42,000, from an existing
institutional stockholder in connection with a private offering of common and
Board Designated Preferred Stock. This resulted in the issuance of 43,750 shares
of common stock, together with 144,444 shares of Board Designated Preferred
Stock -- designated Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series C Stock").
Such issuance was made under Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, as a transaction not involving a public offering. The Series C Stock
carries the option to convert into such number of shares of Common Stock as is
determined by dividing $4.50 by the Conversion Price (as defined in the
documentation for the Series C Stock) in effect at the time of conversion for
each share of Series C Stock and votes as a class, except as otherwise provided
by law, with the Series A Stock, the Series B Stock and the common stock, based
on the underlying number of shares of common stock after conversion. The extent
of the beneficial conversion feature, representing the difference between the
$9.00 conversion price and the prevailing market price of the common stock at
the date of issuance, a total of $72,222, was accreted immediately upon
issuance. The Series C Stock carries a dividend rate of 10% per annum, payable
in cash and/or shares at the Company's option. Dividends in arrears on the
Series C Stock at December 31, 1997 totaled $37,842. In connection with the
issuance of the Series C Stock, the Company issued warrants to purchase 30,993
shares of the Company's Common Stock at an exercise price of $10.00 per share.
The value of these warrants will be accreted over the estimated lives of the
warrants (5 years).
    
 
   
     At the Annual Meeting of the Company held on July 21, 1997, the
stockholders of the Company approved an increase in the number of shares of
Board Designated Preferred Stock reserved for issuance from 2,000,000 to
4,000,000. During 1997, the Company issued 12,500 shares of Board Designated
Preferred Stock -- designated Series D Convertible Preferred Stock -- at an
aggregate consideration, before associated costs and expenses of $12,500,000, to
three new institutional investors (the "Series D Stock"). Such issuance was made
under Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in a
transaction not involving a public offering. The Series D Stock certificate of
designation contains provisions which in certain circumstances outside of the
Company's control, could provide the Series D Stockholders with the ability to
redeem their shares. The amount to be paid by the Company in the event of a
redemption would be calculated as the greater of (a) 115% of the stated value of
the Series D Stock plus 4% appreciation accrued from the issuance date to the
redemption date or (b) the "parity value" of the shares to be redeemed, which is
calculated as the number of shares issuable upon conversion multiplied by the
closing price on the redemption date.
    
 
   
     The Series D Stock carries the option to convert into shares of common
stock at a variable rate, based on the stated value ($1,000) divided by 94% of
the prevailing market price at the time of conversion, as calculated based on
the lowest five-day average closing bid price per share of Common Stock during a
specified period of time, and subject to certain limitations. The extent of the
beneficial ownership feature, representing the 6% discount from the market price
at the conversion date, a total of $800,000, will be accreted over the earliest
period after which all such shares are convertible, or nine months (the
"Conversion Period"). In addition, the Series D Stock agreement contains a
provision whereby the stated value of the Series D Stock is to increase by 4%
per annum, accruing from the date of issuance until conversion. In connection
with the issuance of the Series D Stock, the Company issued 201,614 warrants to
purchase the Company's common stock at an exercise price of 130% of the closing
price on the issuance date (i.e., $20.16 per share). The fair value of these
warrants ($1,200,000) will be accreted over the Conversion Period of the Series
D Stock. Holders of the Series D Stock have limited voting rights and are not
entitled to any dividends.
    
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   72
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
10. COMMON STOCK
 
   
     During 1995, the Company issued a total of 2,776,070 shares of Common
Stock. In September 1995, the Company completed a private placement transaction
of 1,375,000 restricted shares of its Common Stock (the "Offering"), par value
$0.001 per share, at a price of $4.00 per share, to raise gross proceeds of
$5,500,000. Proceeds were used for the acquisition of Bakery Packaging Services
Limited and for working capital. Expenses associated with the Offering were
$620,000, which were charged against additional paid-in capital. Furthermore,
the Company issued 1,012,500 shares of Common Stock in the conversion of a note
payable. A total of 23,250 shares were issued as a commitment fee for a line of
credit from a corporate stockholder, resulting in the capitalization of deferred
finance costs totaling $77,459. Additionally, 81,306 shares of Common Stock were
issued to this stockholder in settlement of accrued interest of $310,164. A
further 10,680 shares were issued as compensation to employees and as payment
for professional services pursuant to the Company's Option Plan, resulting in
expense of $37,381. In 1995, a total of 240,000 shares were issued on conversion
of Series A stock.
    
 
     During 1996 the Company issued a total of 1,161,324 shares of Common Stock.
A total of 699,665 shares were issued from the exercise of warrants, resulting
in net proceeds to the Company of $3,298,876. A total of 192,000 shares were
issued from the exercise of options, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of
$255,520. A total of 266,667 shares were issued on conversion of Series A
Preferred Stock. A further 2,992 shares were issued in a non-public transaction
as payment for professional services resulting in expense of $23,932.
 
     During 1997 the Company issued a total of 1,282,382 shares of Common Stock.
A total of 119,425 shares were issued from the exercise of warrants, resulting
in net proceeds to the Company of $369,300. A total of 410,250 shares were
issued from the exercise of options, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of
$1,489,967. 278,000 and 265,957 shares of Common Stock were issued upon
conversion of 417,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and all 531,915 Shares
of Series B Preferred Stock, respectively. A total of 168,750 shares were issued
in connection with two private placements, which resulted in net proceeds to the
Company of $1,246,841. A further 40,000 shares were issued in connection with
the CMC acquisition.
 
     At December 31, 1997 the Company had warrants outstanding to purchase
341,198 shares of Common Stock at between $2.00 and $20.16 per share, which, if
exercised, would provide the Company with gross proceeds of approximately
$4,866,000. In addition, the Company had options outstanding to purchase
1,758,125 shares of Common Stock at an average price of $8.92 per share (See
Note 11), which, if exercised, would provide the Company with gross proceeds of
approximately $15,689,000.
 
11. STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
     The 1994 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1994 Plan") originally provided for up
to 750,000 shares of unissued Common Stock to be made available for the granting
of options. This was approved by stockholders on July 21, 1994. On July 22,
1996, stockholders approved an increase in the number of shares available for
the granting of options under the 1994 Plan to 1,500,000. On July 21, 1997, the
stockholders approved another amendment to the 1994 Plan, which increased the
number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan to
2,250,000. On December 31, 1996 and 1997, 512,125 and 332,750 shares,
respectively, were available for grant.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   73
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Information regarding these plans is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              WEIGHTED
                                                                              AVERAGE
                                                                 SHARES       EXERCISE
                                                              UNDER OPTION     PRICE
                                                              ------------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Outstanding and Exercisable at December 31, 1994............     515,000       $ 1.20
Activity for the Year Ended December 31, 1995
  Granted...................................................     437,250       $ 3.68
  Expired...................................................     (15,000)      $ 9.24
                                                               ---------
Outstanding and Exercisable at December 31, 1995............     937,250       $ 2.24
Activity for the Year Ended December 31, 1996
  Granted...................................................     902,500       $ 8.94
  Exercised.................................................    (192,000)      $ 1.34
                                                               ---------
Outstanding and Exercisable at December 31, 1996............   1,647,750       $ 6.02
Activity for the Year Ended December 31, 1997
  Granted...................................................     520,625       $13.56
  Exercised.................................................    (410,250)      $ 3.68
                                                               ---------
Outstanding and Exercisable at December 31, 1997............   1,758,125       $ 8.92
                                                               ---------       ------
</TABLE>
 
     These options expire between March 10, 1998 and December 11, 2002. No
options issued during 1997 were issued outside of the 1994 Plan.
 
     The following table summarizes information about the Company's stock
options outstanding of December 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         NUMBER             WEIGHTED       WEIGHTED
    RANGE OF           OUTSTANDING          AVERAGE        AVERAGE
    EXERCISE               OF              REMAINING       EXERCISE
     PRICES         DECEMBER 31, 1997   CONTRACTUAL LIFE    PRICE
- -----------------   -----------------   ----------------   --------
<S>                 <C>                 <C>                <C>
$ 1.00 -- $4.00           431,250          2.1 years        $ 3.30
$     8.00                354,500          3.2 years        $ 8.00
$8.125 -- $12.00          413,250          4.0 years        $ 8.64
$12.50 -- $15.25          559,125          4.6 years        $14.06
                        ---------
                        1,758,125
                        ---------
</TABLE>
 
   
     The estimated fair value of options granted during 1995, 1996 and 1997
ranged between $3.46 -- $3.96, $5.86 -- $12.62 and $2.48 -- $3.21 per share,
respectively. The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and
related interpretations in accounting for its stock option plans. Accordingly,
no compensation cost has been recognized for its fixed stock option plans and
its stock purchase plan. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock option
plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards
under those plans consistent with the method of FASB Statement No. 123, the
Company's
    
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   74
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
net loss and loss per share for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997
would have been increased to the pro forma amounts indicated below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1995          1996           1997
                                                       ----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>            <C>
Net loss available for common shareholders:
  As reported........................................  $3,633,788    $ 5,294,843    $ 8,354,544
  Pro forma..........................................  $5,224,529    $11,666,398    $11,550,509
Net loss per common share:
  As reported........................................  $     0.78    $      0.71    $      1.00
  Pro forma..........................................  $     1.12    $      1.57    $      1.38
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The fair value of options granted under the Company's stock option plans
during 1995, 1996 and 1997 was estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing mode with the following assumptions used: no
dividend yield, expected volatility ranging from 45% to 224%, risk free interest
rate ranging from 5.6% -- 7.0%, and expected lives of 5 years. Pro forma
compensation cost of options granted under the 1994 Plan is measured based on
the discount from market value. The pro forma effect on net income for 1995,
1996 and 1997 is not representative of the pro forma effect on net income in
future years because it does not take into consideration pro forma compensation
expense related to grants made prior to 1995. SFAS No. 123 does not apply to
awards prior to 1995, and additional awards in future years are anticipated.
    
 
12. NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE
 
     Net loss per common share is computed by dividing the loss applicable to
common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during the period.
 
     In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share", which
was adopted by the Company effective for the year ended December 31, 1997, as
required by the statement. For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
the potential common shares have an antidilutive effect on the net loss per
common share for common stockholders. Accordingly, diluted net loss per common
share for common shareholders has not been presented.
 
     The following table summarizes those securities that could potentially
dilute loss (earnings) per common share for common shareholders in the future
that were not included in determining net loss per common stockholders as the
effect as antidilutive.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------
                                                              1995     1996     1997
                                                              -----    -----    -----
                                                              (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
Potential Common Shares resulting from:
  Stock options.............................................    937    1,648    1,758
  Convertible preferred stock...............................  1,927    1,926    2,724
  Warrants..................................................    896      197      341
                                                              -----    -----    -----
                                                              3,760    3,771    4,823
                                                              =====    =====    =====
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   75
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
13.  COMMITMENTS
 
     The Company has entered into various operating leases for facilities,
vehicles and equipment. At December 31, 1997, future minimum lease payments were
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
             -----------------------
<S>                                                <C>
1998.............................................  $  709,281
1999.............................................     614,965
2000.............................................     536,985
2001.............................................     537,677
2002.............................................     360,224
                                                   ----------
Future Minimum Lease Payments....................  $2,759,132
                                                   ==========
</TABLE>
 
     Rental expense for operating leases amounted to $162,559, $224,461 and
$430,039 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
     The Company has entered into agreements for services with certain executive
officers. In addition to a base salary, certain other benefits are provided. At
December 31, 1997, minimum annual payments to executive officers under these
agreements totaled approximately $681,000.
 
   
     In connection with the Fabbri Acquisition, the Company was informed that
from time to time in the past, Fabbri disposed of certain hazardous waste using
some waste management companies that were not authorized handlers of hazardous
waste under applicable Spanish legislation. The Company obtained from the prior
owner of Fabbri an indemnification for any fines or penalties levied against the
Company from such actions. Management believes that this matter will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial position and results of
operations.
    
 
   
14.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    
 
     In October 1997, the Company entered into a line of credit with a
stockholder for up to $2.1 million for working capital purposes. The Company
paid a transaction fee of $100,000 in connection with obtaining this line of
credit. Interest on this line was at prime rate plus 4%. This line of credit was
repaid in full and cancelled in November, 1997.
 
     The Company purchased certain raw materials from Jungbunzlauer Inc., a
subsidiary of a former stockholder, in the amount of $35,280 and $29,572 for the
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. At December 31, 1997, the
Company had a payable to Jungbunzlauer, Inc. in the amount of $10,080.
 
15.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, due
from related parties and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the
short maturities of these items.
 
     Interest rates that are currently available to the Company for issuance of
long-term debt (including current maturities) with similar terms and remaining
maturities are used to estimate fair value for long-term debt. The estimated
fair values of the long-term debt approximate its carrying value.
 
     The fair values are based on pertinent information available to the
management as of respective year ends. Although management is not aware of any
factors that could significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such
amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these
consolidated financial statements since that date, and current estimates of fair
value may differ from amounts presented herein.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   76
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
16.  CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION
 
     In 1995, no customers accounted for 10% or more of total consolidated
revenues. One customer, within the European packaging materials operations,
accounted for approximately 13% and 32% of total consolidated revenues in 1996
and 1997, respectively.
 
17.  INDUSTRY AND GEOGRAPHIC AREA SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
     The Company develops, manufactures, and markets proprietary technologies
designed to maintain the integrity of fresh produce. These products fall into
two major classifications; processing aids and packaging materials. Processing
aids are sold primarily in the United States with smaller amounts also sold in
Canada, while packaging materials are marketed in North America, United Kingdom
and Continental Europe.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   77
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1995           1996           1997
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
SALES
  Domestic Operations:
     Processing aids................................  $   472,747    $ 1,326,669    $ 3,034,795
     Packaging materials............................      868,229      1,716,984      2,715,938
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
       Total Domestic...............................    1,340,976      3,043,653      5,750,733
  European Operations -- packaging materials........    1,898,590      8,270,488     14,202,747
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total.....................................  $ 3,239,566    $11,314,141    $19,953,480
                                                      ===========    ===========    ===========
NET (LOSS) INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
  Domestic Operations:
     Processing aids................................  $(2,661,480)   $(2,700,793)   $(4,742,326)
     Packaging materials............................     (385,653)    (1,552,376)    (2,023,855)
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
       Total Domestic...............................   (3,047,133)    (4,253,169)    (6,766,181)
  European Operations -- packaging materials........        4,918         69,194       (556,015)
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total.....................................  $(3,042,215)   $(4,183,975)   $(7,322,196)
                                                      ===========    ===========    ===========
TOTAL ASSETS
  Domestic Operations:
     Processing aids................................  $ 3,061,720    $ 2,876,117    $ 5,872,115
     Packaging materials............................      657,357      2,149,822      2,977,607
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
       Total Domestic...............................    3,719,077      5,025,939      8,849,722
  European Operations -- packaging materials........    6,322,120     10,189,483     17,350,233
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total.....................................  $10,041,197    $15,215,422    $26,199,955
                                                      ===========    ===========    ===========
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
  Domestic Operations:
     Processing aids................................  $   432,135    $   434,313    $   543,960
     Packaging materials............................       43,172        117,543        129,801
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
       Total Domestic...............................      475,307        551,856        673,761
  European Operations -- packaging materials........       98,986        457,890        615,997
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total.....................................  $   574,293    $ 1,009,746    $ 1,289,758
                                                      ===========    ===========    ===========
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
  Domestic Operations:
     Processing aids................................  $   127,471    $    92,858    $   419,608
     Packaging materials............................       75,989          4,994         66,555
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
       Total Domestic...............................      203,460         97,852        486,163
  European Operations -- packaging materials........      238,978      1,899,219        550,475
                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total.....................................  $   442,438    $ 1,997,071    $ 1,036,638
                                                      ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
 
18.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     On February 17, 1998, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 for the purpose of offering a total of up to 3,500,000 shares of common
stock. Of the 3,500,000 shares offered, 2,690,903 are being offered by an
existing shareholder of the Company, and the remaining 809,097 are being offered
by the
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>   78
                    EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Company. Additionally, the Company has granted the underwriters an
over-allotment option to purchase 525,000 shares of common stock.
 
   
     On March 12, 1998, the Company entered into an agreement with American
National Can Company to create a joint venture company, in which the Company
will own 50%, to market flexible packaging systems for fresh produce for the
U.S. market. The Company will account for such joint venture under the equity
method of accounting.
    
 
   
     On March 13, 1998, the Company declared a one-for-two reverse stock split
which became effective on March 13, 1998. Per share information and share
amounts in these financial statements have been adjusted to reflect this stock
split.
    
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>   79
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Unique Shareholder of
   
FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A.
    
 
   
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS
VALENCIA, S.A as of September 30, 1997 and 1996 and the related statements of
income and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended September
30, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
    
 
   
     2. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
    
 
   
     3. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of FABBRI ARTES
GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A as of September 30, 1997 and 1996, and the results of
their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period
ended September 30, 1997, in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in United States.
    
 
     4. In accordance with Royal Decree Law 7/1996 of June 7, on urgent tax and
other measures designed to promote and deregulate economic activities, the
Company has revalued its tangible assets as for statutory purposes. The effect
of this revaluation has led to an increase in tangible assets of Ptas 104,4
million and a revaluation reserve of Ptas 101,3 million, net of the tax thereon
of Ptas 3,1 million. Due to the fact that the revaluation of tangible assets is
not acceptable under generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States, the effect has been offset. As a consequence, the tax bases of the
revalued assets are higher than the reported amounts as for United States
purposes, which supposes a temporary difference according with SFAS-109.
Therefore the Company has recorded a deferred tax asset against the provision
for income taxes for an amount of Ptas 33,1 million, which will be reversed with
the tax effect of the annual depreciation of the revaluation. Ptas 6,4 million
have been reversed in the twelve month period ended on September 30, 1997. This
effect supposes that the income statement for the year ended September 30, 1997
is not strictly comparable with 1996.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND, S.A.
 
                                          Jorge Molina
 
                                          February 9, 1998
                                          Valencia, Spain
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>   80
 
   
                      FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A.
    
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                               (THOUSAND PESETAS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ------------------
                                                               1997       1996
                                                              -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................   54.074     11.893
  Marketable securities (note 4)............................   25.000     25.000
  Accounts receivable (note 5)..............................  225.073    299.434
  Deferred tax assets.......................................    9.536        333
  Inventories (note 6)......................................  221.959    173.944
                                                              -------    -------
          TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS..............................  535.642    510.604
                                                              -------    -------
  Property and equipment, net (note 7)......................  286.084    294.856
  Deferred tax assets (note 10).............................   26.753         --
  Long-term receivables and other assets (note 8)...........    1.096        812
                                                              -------    -------
          TOTAL LONG-TERM ASSETS............................  313.933    295.668
                                                              -------    -------
          TOTAL ASSETS......................................  849.575    806.272
                                                              =======    =======
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable, trade (note 9)..........................  135.650     89.990
  Amounts owed to group undertakings........................   12.050     10.685
  Other accrued liabilities (note 9)........................   27.680     21.147
                                                              -------    -------
          TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES.........................  175.380    121.822
                                                              -------    -------
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
  Deferred tax liabilities..................................    2.354      6.215
                                                              -------    -------
          TOTAL LONG-TERM LIABILITIES.......................    2.354      6.215
                                                              -------    -------
          TOTAL LIABILITIES.................................  177.734    128.037
                                                              -------    -------
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (NOTE 10)
  Share capital.............................................   74.686     74.686
  Reserves..................................................  573.270    593.362
  Profit for the year.......................................   23.885     10.187
                                                              -------    -------
          TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY........................  671.841    678.235
                                                              -------    -------
          TOTAL LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY..........  849.575    806.272
                                                              =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>   81
 
   
                      FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A.
    
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                               (THOUSAND PESETAS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ----------------------
                                                                1997         1996
                                                              ---------    ---------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Net sales...................................................  1.088.634    1.030.015
  Cost of sales.............................................   (937.374)    (855.567)
                                                              ---------    ---------
     Gross profit...........................................    151.260      174.448
  Selling, general and administrative exp...................   (187.729)    (193.851)
                                                              ---------    ---------
     Operating income.......................................    (36.469)     (19.403)
  Interest expense, net (note 13)...........................     12.275       23.838
  Other income, net.........................................      8.262        9.389
                                                              ---------    ---------
  Income before income taxes................................    (15.932)      13.824
  Provision for income taxes................................     39.817       (3.637)
                                                              ---------    ---------
     Net income.............................................     23.885       10.187
                                                              =========    =========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>   82
 
   
                      FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A.
    
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                               (THOUSAND PESETAS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1997        1996
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  NET INCOME................................................    23.885      10.187
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from
      operating activities:
     Amortization...........................................    40.836      38.153
     Provisions.............................................      (375)      2.283
     Other income...........................................      (279)       (965)
     Gain or losses on sale of fixed assets.................     1.210          --
     Deferred income taxes..................................   (39.817)     (3.662)
  Changes in current assets and liabilities:
     Accounts receivable....................................    73.629    (119.665)
     Inventories............................................   (46.908)     14.416
     Accounts payable.......................................    53.558      17.131
  NET CASH FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES........................   105.739     (42.122)
                                                              --------    --------
CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
     Proceeds from sales of marketable securities...........   285.000     677.000
     Purchases of marketable securities.....................  (285.000)   (605.000)
     Purchase of fixed and intangible assets................   (37.260)    (31.850)
     Proceeds from sales of fixed and intangible assets.....     3.986          --
     (Increase)/Decrease in other assets....................      (284)       (184)
  NET CASH FROM (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES..............   (33.558)     39.966
                                                              --------    --------
CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Dividends paid.........................................   (30.000)         --
  NET CASH FROM (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES..............   (30.000)         --
                                                              --------    --------
     INCREASE OR DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS......    42.181      (2.156)
                                                              --------    --------
     Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year.......    11.893      14.049
     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF THE YEAR.............    54.074      11.893
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>   83
 
   
                      FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A.
    
 
                             NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
 
1.  ACTIVITIES
 
   
     FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A. (hereinafter, Fabbri, S.A.) is
primarily engaged in printing text and images, in addition to manufacturing
plastic containers. Its industrial installations, together with its registered
domicile for tax and mercantile purposes are located at Avda. de les Comarques
del Pais Valencia, 56, in Quart de Poblet (Valencia).
    
 
     In accordance with Additional Provision 2 of Law 2/1995 of 23 March on
Limited Liability Companies, which amends the content of the Spanish Companies
Act, the Company has registered at the Mercantile Registry as a Single
Shareholder Company.
 
2.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     a) True and fair view
 
     The annual accounts have been prepared on the basis of the Company's
accounting records and are presented in compliance with the United States
generally accepted accounting principles so as to provide a true and fair view
of the Company's net worth, its financial situation and the results of its
operations.
 
     b) Comparability
 
     At the General Meeting held on 20 June 1997, a resolution was adopted to
revalue as for Spanish accounting and tax purposes its fixed assets in
accordance with Royal Decree-Law 7/1996, of 7 June, on Urgent Tax Measures to
Liberalise Economic Activities. As a result the Company has recorded an increase
in tangible fixed assets totalling Ptas 114,428,000 pesetas and a revaluation
reserve totalling Ptas 101,295,000 pesetas. Therefore the 1997 financial
statements are not necessarily comparable with those from 1996.
 
     The effect of the fixed assets revaluation has been offset in these
financial statements in order to comply with United States generally accepted
accounting principles. This accounting treatment supposes a difference between
the tax bases of fixed assets and their amounts for financial reporting. As a
consequence and in accordance with SFAS-109, the Company has recorded a deferred
tax asset-non current for the effect of the revalued amount corresponding to
depreciable assets, which raises to Ptas 33.1 million. This asset will be
reversed in future years with the tax effect corresponding to the excess of the
tax over accounting depreciation.
 
     As a consequence, the income statement for the year ended September 30,
1997 is not strictly comparable with 1996.
 
3.  ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     a) Property and equipment, net
 
     Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated on a straight
line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               %
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Buildings...................................................   3-5
Plant and machinery.........................................  9-15
Tooling.....................................................    10
Fixtures....................................................    10
Data-processing equipment...................................    25
Vehicles....................................................    16
Other tangible fixed assets.................................    10
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>   84
   
                      FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A.
    
 
                             NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
 
     Improvements which extend the useful lives of existing assets are
capitalized. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed in the year in which they
are incurred. When tangible fixed assets are retired or otherwise disposed of,
the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts are adjusted accordingly.
 
     The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting No. 121, "Accounting
for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be disposed
of", as of October 1, 1996. No effect has been recorded of adopting this
standard.
 
     b)  Inventories
 
     Inventories are stated at the lower of acquisition or production cost and
market value. Production cost includes materials, labour and manufacturing
expense and is calculated using average weighted cost method.
 
     In those cases where the market or replacement value of inventories is
lower than the acquisition/production cost the relevant corrections in value are
made.
 
     c)  Transactions denominated in foreign currencies
 
     Debtors and creditors denominated in foreign currencies are stated at
year-end exchange rates. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded in the
profit and loss account at the exchange rates on the dates when they took place.
Realized gains, together with realized and unrealized losses on exchange, are
taken to profit and loss for the year.
 
     d) Marketable securities
 
     Marketable securities are recorded according with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards N(0).115, "Accounting for certain investments in debt and
equity securities". SFAS N(0) 115 requires certain securities to be categorized
as either trading, available for sale or held to maturity. Trading securities
are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in income.
Available for sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains
and losses recorded as a separate component of shareholders' equity. Held to
maturity securities are carried at amortized cost.
 
     e) Corporation tax
 
     Corporation tax expense is recognized based on the reported profit as
adjusted for permanent differences between reported and taxable profits and the
effects of any tax credits and deductions. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
arising from timing differences in the recognition of income and expense for
accounting and tax purposes and other events that create differences between the
tax bases of assets and their amounts for financial reporting, are recorded in
the balance sheet until the underlying timing differences reverse.
 
     Tax credits and deductions and the tax effect of applying tax loss
carryforwards are treated as a reduction in the corporation tax expense for the
year in which the losses and credit occurred, if the compensation is reasonably
secured in future years.
 
     The Company provides in full for all its deferred tax liabilities even
though they may not be expected to reverse in the foreseeable future. The
provision is adjusted to reflect changes in the Corporation Tax rate. Deferred
tax assets are recorded if there is reasonable assurance that they will be
realized.
 
     f) Creditors
 
     Short and long-term loans are stated at the amount at which they are to be
repaid and any implicit interest included either in their face value or their
repayment value is recorded as long-term receivables and others. Such interest
is charged to earnings using a financial method.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>   85
   
                      FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A.
    
 
                             NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
 
     g) Severance payments
 
     According with SFAS-5 and EITF Issue 94-3 the Company records the liability
for certain employee termination benefits, when it has been approved by the
management having the appropriate level of authority and it has been announced
to a group of employees that includes the affected employees.
 
     h) Revenue Recognition and Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
     Revenue is recognized when products are shipped. The Company provides for
all receivables which collection is not reasonably assured.
 
4.  MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
     The movements and the classification of marketable securities are set out
below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              THOUSAND PESETAS
                                               ----------------------------------------------
                                               OPENING                               CLOSING
                                               BALANCE                               BALANCE
                                               01.10.96    ADDITIONS    DISPOSALS    30.09.97
                                               --------    ---------    ---------    --------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Securiting portfolio.........................   25.000      285.000      285.000      25.000
                                                ------      -------      -------      ------
(Government debt)............................   25.000      285.000      285.000      25.000
                                                ======      =======      =======      ======
</TABLE>
    
 
5.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
     A breakdown of this account is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  THOUSAND PESETAS
                                                              ------------------------
                                                              30.09.1997    30.09.1996
                                                              ----------    ----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Trade debtors...............................................   271.612       250.069
Other debtors...............................................       965         2.986
Notes receivable to group undertakings......................        --       101.953
  Taxes refundable..........................................     9.292           760
                                                               -------       -------
                                                               281.869       355.768
Less provisions for doubtful accounts.......................   (56.796)      (56.334)
                                                               -------       -------
                                                               225.073       299.434
                                                               =======       =======
</TABLE>
 
6.  INVENTORIES
 
     A breakdown of this account is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  THOUSAND PESETAS
                                                              ------------------------
                                                              30.09.1997    30.09.1996
                                                              ----------    ----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Raw material and other consumables..........................   171.056       135.424
Goods purchased for resale..................................    56.492        42.845
Payments on account.........................................        --         2.371
                                                               -------       -------
                                                               227.548       180.640
Less provision for obsolescence.............................    (5.589)       (6.696)
                                                               -------       -------
                                                               221.959       173.944
                                                               =======       =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>   86
   
                      FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A.
    
 
                             NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
 
7.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
 
     Movements in the accounts included under Property and equipment, net are
set out below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              THOUSAND
                            COST                              PESETAS
                            ----                              --------
<S>                                                           <C>
OPENING BALANCE 01.10.96....................................  768.855
Additions...................................................   37.260
Disposals...................................................  (15.462)
                                                              -------
CLOSING BALANCE 30.09.97....................................  790.653
                                                              -------
AMORTIZATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------
OPENING BALANCE 01.10.96....................................  473.999
Additions...................................................   40.836
Disposals...................................................  (10.266)
                                                              -------
CLOSING BALANCE 30.09.97....................................  504.569
                                                              -------
NET BOOK VALUE
- ------------------------------------------------------------
OPENING BALANCE 01.10.96....................................  294.856
                                                              =======
CLOSING BALANCE 30.09.97....................................  286.084
                                                              =======
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
a) Fully-depreciated assets
 
   At 30 September 1997 fully depreciated assets with an original cost of Ptas
   127,921,000 pesetas are still being used in operations (1996: Ptas 92,868,000
   pesetas)
 
b) Commitments
 
   The company has no commitments to purchase new tangible fixed assets.
 
c) Liens and encumbrances
 
   There are no liens or encumbrances on any tangible fixed assets owned by the
   company.
 
d) Fixed assets no longer used in operations
 
   At 30 September 1997 tangible fixed assets with an original cost of Ptas
   2,573,000 pesetas and accumulated depreciation totalling Ptas 15,094,000 were
   no longer used in operations. (1996: Ptas 42,573,000 and Ptas 13,752,000
   respectively).
 
   The Company has entered an agreement with a third Company to hire this asset.
   The Company has not recorded any impairment loss for this asset, because it
   considers that the future cash inflows of the agreement will exceed the
   depreciation and other fixed charges of the asset.
 
8.  LONG-TERM RECEIVABLES AND OTHER ASSETS
 
     The balance recorded under this heading refers to deposits and guarantees
which at the year end amounted to Ptas. 1.096.000.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>   87
   
                      FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A.
    
 
                             NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
 
9.  CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
     a) Accounts payable, trade
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               THOUSAND
                                                               PESETAS
                                                              ----------
                                                              30.09.1997
                                                              ----------
<S>                                                           <C>
Prepayments received for orders.............................       226
Payables for goods or services..............................   135.931
Containers to be returned to suppliers......................      (507)
                                                               -------
                                                               135.650
                                                               =======
</TABLE>
 
     b) Other accrued liabilities
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               THOUSAND
                                                               PESETAS
                                                              ----------
                                                              30.09.1997
                                                              ----------
<S>                                                           <C>
Employee taxes and VAT payable..............................    19.853
Accrued wages and salaries..................................     7.827
                                                                ------
                                                                27.680
                                                                ======
</TABLE>
 
     c) Bank loans and overdrafts falling due within one year
 
     The Company maintains facilities for discounting of bills with the credit
institutions listed below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DRAWN    COLLECTION
                   ENTITY                        LIMIT     DOWN     MANAGEMENT
                   ------                       -------    -----    ----------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>      <C>
Banco Bilbao-Vizcaya........................     75.000     --           --
Banesto.....................................     50.000     --           --
Bankinter...................................     50.000     --           --
Banco de Santander..........................     70.000     --        2.974
                                                -------      --       -----
                                                245.000               2.974
                                                =======      ==       =====
</TABLE>
 
10.  CORPORATION TAX AND TAX SITUATION
 
     Because certain items are treated differently for tax and financial
reporting purposes, the tax profit differs from the profit reported in these
accounts. Deferred tax assets and liabilities arise when an item is recorded
under income or expense for the computation of taxable income in one period but
is included for the computation of accounting income in another period.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>   88
   
                      FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A.
    
 
                             NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
 
     The reconciliation between reported profits and taxable profits is set out
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    THOUSAND PESETAS
                                     -----------------------------------------------
                                                30.09.1996                30.09.1997
                                     ---------------------------------    ----------
                                     INCREASES    DECREASES
                                     ---------    ---------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
Reported net profit/(loss).......                               23.885      10.187
Corporation tax..................                              (39.817)      3.637
                                                               -------      ------
Profit/(loss) before taxes.......                              (15.932)     13.824
Permanent differences............      3.220          (244)      2.976       2.063
Timing differences:
- -arising during the year.........                   (1.508)     (1.508)     10.465
- -from prior years................     12.596       (19.085)     (6.489)         --
Offset of tax-loss
  carryforwards..................                                   --          --
                                                               -------      ------
Taxable income...................                              (20.953)     26.352
                                                               =======      ======
</TABLE>
 
     Corporation tax is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             THOUSAND PESETAS
                                                         ------------------------
                                                         30.09.1997    30.09.1996
                                                         ----------    ----------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>
Current taxes........................................          --         7.299
Deferred tax liability...............................      (3.861)       (4.369)
Deferred tax assets..................................     (35.956)          707
                                                          -------        ------
                                                          (39.817)        3.637
                                                          =======        ======
</TABLE>
 
     Current corporation tax is the result of applying the 35% rate to taxable
income.
 
     Tax loss carryforwards recorded by the company totalling Ptas 20,953,000
may be used to offset profits made over the next 7 years.
 
     The components of income before income taxes are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                THOUSAND
                                                                PESETAS
                                                                --------
                                                                  1997
                                                                --------
<S>                                                             <C>
Spanish operations..........................................    (15.932)
                                                                -------
                                                                (15.932)
                                                                =======
</TABLE>
 
     The Corporation tax charge for the year is analyzed as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            THOUSAND PESETAS
                                                            -----------------
                                                             1997       1996
                                                            -------    ------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Corporation tax payable for the year....................         --     7.299
Deferred tax liability..................................     (3.861)   (4.369)
Deferred tax assets.....................................     (7.068)      707
Revaluation's net tax effect............................    (26.753)       --
Tax credits.............................................     (2.135)       --
                                                            -------    ------
                                                            (39.817)    3.637
                                                            =======    ======
Effective tax rate......................................     (249,9)     26,3
                                                            =======    ======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>   89
   
                      FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A.
    
 
                             NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
 
     THE TAX EFFECTS OF THE SIGNIFICANT TEMPORARY DIFFERENCES THAT COMPRISE THE
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES ARE AS FOLLOWS:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              THOUSAND PESETAS
                                                              ----------------
                                                                    1997
                                                                    ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Assets:
Non-current
Revaluation's tax effect....................................       26.753
                                                                   ------
Current:
Investment tax credits......................................        2.135
Tax loss carry forward......................................        7.334
Other.......................................................           67
                                                                   ------
                                                                    9.536
                                                                   ------
Gross deferred tax assets...................................       36.289
                                                                   ======
Liabilities:
Non-Current:
Fixed assets................................................        2.354
                                                                   ======
</TABLE>
 
     The Company has recorded Ptas. 2,1 million pesetas corresponding to
investment tax credits, which may be reversed with taxable income during the
five following years.
 
     All the Company's returns for the last five years for the main taxes to
which it is subject to are open to inspection by the tax authorities.
 
     As a result, amongst other things, of the different interpretations to
which Spanish tax legislation lends itself, additional tax assessments may be
raised in the event of a tax inspection. The Directors consider, however, that
any additional assessments that might be made would not significantly affect
these accounts.
 
11.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     Movements in Capital and reserves are set out below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        THOUSAND PESETAS
                                             ---------------------------------------
                                                               OTHER      PROFIT FOR
                                             SHARE CAPITAL    RESERVES     THE YEAR
                                             -------------    --------    ----------
<S>                                          <C>              <C>         <C>
CLOSING BALANCE 30.09.96...................     74.686        593.362       10.187
                                                ======        =======      =======
Distribution to reserves...................         --         10.187      (10.187)
Profit for the year........................         --             --       23.885
Dividends..................................         --        (30.000)          --
Other movements............................         --           (279)          --
                                                ------        -------      -------
CLOSING BALANCE 30.09.97...................     74.686        573.270       23.885
                                                ======        =======      =======
</TABLE>
 
     a) Share capital
 
     Share capital consists of 149,372 fully paid registered shares with a par
value of Ptas 500 each.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>   90
   
                      FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A.
    
 
                             NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
 
     At 30 September 1997 the companies which hold an interest equalling or
exceeding 10% of the Company are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 PERCENT INTEREST
                                                             ------------------------
                                         NUMBER OF SHARES    30.09.1997    30.09.1996
                                         ----------------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                      <C>                 <C>           <C>
Sidlaw Plc.............................      149.372            100%          75%
</TABLE>
 
     b) Other reserves
 
     Movements in other reserves are set out below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        THOUSAND PESETAS
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                           VOLUNTARY
                                                 LEGAL     RESERVES      TOTAL
                                                 ------    ---------    -------
<S>                                              <C>       <C>          <C>
OPENING BALANCE 30.09.96.......................  14.937     578.425     593.362
Distribution profit............................      --      10.187      10.187
Dividends......................................      --     (30.000)    (30.000)
Other movements................................      --        (279)       (279)
                                                 ------     -------     -------
CLOSING BALANCE 30.09.97.......................  14.937     558.333     573.270
                                                 ======     =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     Legal reserve
 
     Appropriations to the legal reserve are made in compliance with Article 214
of the Spanish Companies Act, which stipulates that 10% of profits must be
transferred to this reserve until it represents at least 20% of share capital.
 
     The legal reserve is not available for distribution. Should it be used to
offset losses in the event of no other reserves being available, it must be
replenished out of future profits.
 
     Voluntary reserve
 
     The voluntary reserve contains profits from prior years which were not
distributed or assigned to obligatory reserves. The balance of this reserve is
freely available. During the year, in accordance with a resolution adopted by
the General Meeting held on 28 November 1996 this reserve was distributed to
shareholders as a dividend totalling Ptas 200.84 per share, for a total amount
of Ptas 30,000,000 and charged to voluntary reserves.
 
     c) Profit for the period
 
     The distribution of 1997 profit and other reserves will be proposed at the
Annual General Meeting, as well as the distribution of profits for 1996 is set
out below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION                                    1997      1996
- --------------------------                                   ------    ------
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>
Profit and loss for the year...............................  23.885    10.187
                                                             ======    ======
DISTRIBUTION
- ------------
Voluntary reserves.........................................  23.885    10.187
                                                             ======    ======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>   91
   
                      FABBRI ARTES GRAFICAS VALENCIA, S.A.
    
 
                             NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
 
12.  INCOME AND EXPENSE
 
     a) Transactions with Group undertakings
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         30.09.1997    30.09.1996
                                                         ----------    ----------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>
Net purchases..........................................    10.070          96
Services received......................................    12.050          --
Net sales..............................................     3.738         659
</TABLE>
 
     Services received records Ptas 11,000,000 relating to a contract concluded
with the single shareholder (Sidlaw Group Plc.), in accordance with which the
shareholder provides financial, human resource, market research and advisory
services. This agreement is in force between 1 October 1996 and 30 September
1997.
 
     b) Transactions denominated in foreign currencies
 
     The amounts of transactions denominated in foreign currencies are set out
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               THOUSAND PESETAS
                                                           ------------------------
                                                           01.10.1996 TO 30.09.1997
                                                           ------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>
Purchases................................................           18.883
Sales....................................................          107.638
Services received........................................            2.606
Services rendered........................................               --
</TABLE>
 
13.  INTEREST EXPENSE, NET
 
     Interest expense, net comprises:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             THOUSAND PESETAS
                                                         ------------------------
                                                         30.09.1997    30.09.1996
                                                         ----------    ----------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>
Income Gains on exchange...............................     1.418            79
Other income...........................................    17.698        18.565
Income from trading securities.........................       841         5.899
                                                           ------        ------
                                                           19.957        24.543
                                                           ------        ------
Less expenses:
  Losses on exchange...................................       103           466
  Amounts owed to third parties and similar expenses...     7.579           239
                                                           ------        ------
                                                           (7.682)         (705)
                                                           ------        ------
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET..................................    12.275        23.838
                                                           ======        ======
</TABLE>
 
14.  POST-BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
 
     Subsequent to the year end the Company's single shareholder, Sidlaw Group
Plc., sold its interest in the Company to the company "EPL TECHNOLOGIES, S.L.",
a subsidiary of EPL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>   92
 
   
           UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
    
 
   
     The following unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma financial data
("the Pro Forma Data") of the Company is based on historical consolidated
financial statements of the Company as adjusted to give effect to the Fabbri
Acquisition and the Series D Placement, as described in the notes to the Pro
Forma Financial Statements below. The unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma
statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1997 gives effect to the
Fabbri Acquisition and the Series D Placement as if they occurred as of January
1, 1997.
    
 
   
     The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and upon
certain assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the
circumstances. The Pro Forma Financial Data and accompanying notes should be
read in conjunction with the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company, including the notes thereto, and other financial information pertaining
to the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The Pro Forma Financial
Data does not purport to represent what the Company's actual results of
operations or actual financial position would have been if the Fabbri
Acquisition and the Series D Placement had, in fact, occurred on such date or to
project the Company's results of operations or financial position for any future
period or date. The Pro Forma Financial Data does not give effect to any
transactions other than the Fabbri Acquisition and the Series D Placement,
discussed in the notes to the Pro Forma Financial Data below.
    
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>   93
 
       UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                    -------------------------------------------------
                                                      HISTORICAL RESULTS
                                                    -----------------------    PRO FORMA
                                                    THE COMPANY   FABBRI(A)   ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                                    -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
Net sales.........................................   $  19,953     $6,828       $    --     $  26,781
Cost of sales.....................................      18,090      5,624            --        23,714
                                                     ---------     ------       -------     ---------
Gross profit......................................       1,863      1,204            --         3,067
Selling, general and administrative expenses......       6,693      1,106            --         7,799
Research and development costs....................       1,203         --            --         1,203
Depreciation and amortization.....................       1,289        263           110(c)      1,662
                                                     ---------     ------       -------     ---------
Income (loss) from operations.....................      (7,322)      (165)         (110)       (7,597)
Allocations from corporate........................          --         75           (75)(b)        --
Interest expense (income), net....................         122        (84)           --            38
Minority interest.................................        (202)        --            --          (202)
                                                     ---------     ------       -------     ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes.................      (7,242)      (156)          (35)       (7,433)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes..............         (55)      (285)          198(i)       (142)
                                                     ---------     ------       -------     ---------
Net income (loss).................................      (7,187)       129          (233)       (7,291)
Accretion, discount and dividends on Preferred
  Stock(f)........................................       1,167         --                       3,550
                                                                                    800(e)
                                                                                  1,200(f)
                                                                                    527(g)
                                                                                    500(d)
                                                                                   (644)(h)
                                                     ---------     ------       -------     ---------
Net income (loss) available for common
  shareholders....................................   $  (8,354)    $  129       $(2,616)    $ (10,841)
                                                     =========     ======       =======     =========
Loss per common share.............................   $   (1.00)                             $   (1.29)
                                                     =========                              =========
Weighted average number of common shares
  outstanding.....................................   8,372,528                              8,372,528
                                                     =========                              =========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     (a) To reflect the inclusion of the historical statement of operations of
Fabbri for the period through December 10, 1997, prior to the acquisition by the
Company. The historical statement of operations, denominated in pesetas, was
converted into U.S. dollars using an average exchange rate of 145.82.
    
     (b) To eliminate corporate overhead, such as technology expenses and
management fees, allocated to Fabbri from its parent as recorded in Fabbri's
historical financial statements. These charges are not a component of the
on-going expense structure of the Company and are not expected to be incurred in
future periods.
   
     (c) To reflect additional depreciation expense resulting from a $1.7
million increase in property and equipment valuation recorded as part of the
overall purchase price allocation of the Fabbri acquisition.
    
     (d) To reflect the 4% per annum increase in value of the Series D Preferred
Stock as a dividend.
   
     (e) To reflect the accretion of the discount on the Series D Preferred
Stock (6%) over nine months, the date after which all of the Series D Preferred
Stock could be converted into shares of Common Stock (the "Series D Conversion
Period").
    
   
     (f) To reflect the accretion of the value of the warrants issued in
connection with the Series D Preferred Stock over the Series D Conversion
Period.
    
   
     (g) To reflect the accretion of the issuance costs related to the Series D
Preferred Stock over the Series D Conversion Period.
    
   
     (h) To eliminate the accretion of warrants, discount, issuance costs and
increase in value relative to the Series D Stock which are included in the
historical results of the Company.
    
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>   94
 
   
     (i) In 1997, Fabbri revalued its property, plant and equipment to fair
market value to comply with Spanish law, resulting in the recording of a
one-time increase to both the book and tax bases of such assets in the amount of
104.4 million pesetas (approximately $716,000 at an exchange rate of
$1.00:145.82 pesetas). Because such adjustment is not permitted for financial
reporting purposes under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, this
amount has been eliminated from the historical Fabbri balances included herein
to properly reflect the assets at historical cost. Accordingly, the Company has
recorded a one-time income tax benefit of 33.2 million pesetas to account for
the difference between the book and tax bases of its property, plant and
equipment. This amount is to eliminate this tax benefit due to uncertainty with
respect to the recoverability of such deferred tax asset.
    
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>   95
[Photographs of scientists
     - examining slides under microscope
     - preparing petri dishes]

[Photographs of potatoes being processed into
fresh-cut french fries]

<PAGE>   96
 
============================================================
 
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING SHAREHOLDER OR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS.
THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF ANY
OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED BY THIS
PROSPECTUS, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF ANY
OFFER TO BUY THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED, OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING
SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM
IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE
ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             PAGE
                                             ----
<S>                                          <C>
Prospectus Summary.........................    3
Recent Developments........................    7
Risk Factors...............................    8
Use of Proceeds............................   16
Dividend Policy............................   16
Price Range of Common Stock................   17
Capitalization.............................   18
Dilution...................................   19
Selected Consolidated Financial Data.......   20
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...............................   21
Business...................................   27
Management.................................   38
Principal and Selling Shareholders.........   44
Description of Capital Stock...............   46
Certain Transactions.......................   51
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............   52
Underwriting...............................   53
Legal Matters..............................   54
Experts....................................   54
Available Information......................   55
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements...............................  F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
============================================================
============================================================
 
                                3,500,000 Shares
 
                         [EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. LOGO]
 
                                  Common Stock
                            ------------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
                            ------------------------
                       PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED
 
   
                          PENNSYLVANIA MERCHANT GROUP
    
 
   
                                 April   , 1998
    
 
============================================================
<PAGE>   97
 
                                    PART II
 
                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
     The following table sets forth the estimated amount of various expenses in
connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
SEC registration fee........................................    $ 12,841
NASD filing fee.............................................       4,853
Transfer agent's fee and expenses*..........................
Accounting fees and expenses*...............................
Legal fees and expenses*....................................
"Blue Sky" fees and expenses (including legal fees)*........
Costs of printing and engraving*............................
Miscellaneous*..............................................
                                                                --------
          Total*............................................
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
* Estimated
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
     Under Article 109 of the Colorado Business Corporation Act, as amended (the
"CBCA"), the Company has the power to indemnify directors and officers under
prescribed circumstances and subject to certain limitations, against certain
costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees actually and reasonably incurred
in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, to which any of them is a party by reason of
his or her being a director or officer of the Company if it is determined that
he or she acted in accordance with the applicable standard of conduct set forth
in such statutory provisions.
 
     Article V F. of the Company's Amended and Restated Articles of
Incorporation, as amended, and Article VI of the Company's Bylaws, as amended,
provide that the Company shall indemnify directors and officers of the Company
against all expenses, liability and loss incurred as a result of such person's
being a party to, or threatened to be made a party to, any proceeding (as
defined, which includes any threatened proceeding) by reason of the fact that he
or she is or was a director or officer of the Company or is otherwise the
subject of any such proceeding by reason of that person's relationship with the
Company, to the fullest extent authorized by the CBCA, if the person conducted
the activities in question in good faith, reasonably believed that the conduct
was in the Company's best interests or was not opposed to the Company's best
interests and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to
believe the conduct was unlawful. Article VI of the Bylaws, as amended, further
permits the Company to maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and
any such director or officer of the Company against any such expenses, liability
or loss, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such
person against such expenses, liability or loss under the Bylaws, as amended.
The Company has directors' and officers' liability insurance.
 
     The Underwriting Agreement (to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to an amendment to
this Registration Statement) will provide that the Underwriters severally and
not jointly will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each director,
officer or controlling person of the Company from and against any liability
caused by any statement or omission in the Registration Statement or Prospectus
based upon information furnished to the Company by the Underwriters for use
therein.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
     Effective November 10, 1997, the Company issued 12,500 shares of Series D
Convertible Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $12,500,000 to three
new institutional investors (the "Series D Stock"). Such
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   98
 
issuance was made under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "1933 Act"). The Series D Stock carries the option to convert into shares
of Common Stock at a variable rate, based on a formula linked to the prevailing
market price at the time of conversion, and subject to certain limitations. The
conversion rate may be up to a 50% premium to the closing market price at the
consummation of the transaction (i.e., a 50% premium to the November 7, 1997
closing price of $15.50). In addition, the Company issued warrants to purchase
201,614 shares of Common Stock exercisable at $20.16 for 5 years.
 
     Effective October 31, 1997, the Company issued an aggregate of 40,000
shares of Common Stock to two individuals in exchange for all of the issued and
outstanding capital stock of California Microbiological Consulting, Inc., in a
transaction exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act.
 
   
     In June, 1997 the Company issued 144,444 shares of 10% cumulative
convertible Series C Preferred Stock ("Series C Preferred Stock") to an
accredited investor in a transaction exempt from registration pursuant to
Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act. These shares originally carried the option to
convert its Common Stock on a 1-for-1 basis (1-for-2 after giving effect to the
Company's reverse stock split). The Series C Preferred Stock had equal voting
rights with the shares of Common Stock, based on the underlying number of shares
of Common Stock after conversion. The Series C Preferred Stock had a dividend
rate of 10% per annum, payable in cash and/or shares at the Company's option.
    
 
   
     On July 23, 1996, the Company issued 531,915 shares of 10% cumulative
convertible Series B Preferred Stock ("Series B Preferred Stock") to certain
accredited investors who were existing shareholders of the Company, in a
transaction exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act.
These shares originally carried the option to convert into shares of Common
Stock on a 1-for-1 basis (1-for-2 after giving effect to the Company's reverse
stock split). The Series B Preferred Stock had equal voting rights with the
shares of Common Stock, based on the underlying number of shares of Common Stock
after conversion. The Series B Preferred Stock had a dividend rate of 10% per
annum, payable in cash and/or shares at the Company's option.
    
 
     During 1996, a total of 699,666 shares of Common Stock were issued pursuant
to the exercise of outstanding warrants, resulting in net proceeds to the
Company of $3,298,876 in a transaction exempt from registration pursuant to
Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act.
 
     In September 1995, the Company sold 1,375,000 shares of Common Stock to
"accredited investors" (within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act) for
an aggregate consideration of $5,500,000 in a transaction exempt from
registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act (the "1995 Placement").
The Company issued warrants to purchase 55,000 shares of Common Stock for $2.00
per share to Hermitage Capital Corp., as placement agent for the 1995 Placement.
Additionally, on October 2, 1995, $4,050,000 in outstanding borrowings under a
line of credit with Trilon was converted into 1,012,500 shares of Common Stock
and warrants to purchase 50,000 shares of Common Stock for $4.00 per share. The
Company also issued to Trilon 81,306 shares of Common Stock in settlement of
accrued interest of $310,164, and 23,250 shares of Common Stock in settlement of
commitment fees.
 
   
     All information provided under this Item 15 gives retroactive effect to the
1-for-2 reverse stock split.
    
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
  -------                           -----------
  <C>       <S>
   1.1*     Form of Underwriting Agreement
   3.1      Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the
            Company, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            3.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
            quarter ended September 30, 1997 on file with the Securities
            and Exchange Commission (the "SEC").)
   3.2      Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as amended.
            (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's
            Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
            September 30, 1997 on file with the SEC.)
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   99
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
  -------                           -----------
  <C>       <S>
   4.1      Specimen Common Stock Certificate. (Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Annual Report on
            Form 10-K for the eight months ended December 31, 1992 on
            file with the SEC.)
   5.1*     Opinion of Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, LLP as to the
            validity of the shares of Common Stock being registered.
  10.1      Office Lease Agreement dated October 15, 1993 between
            Extended Product Life, Inc. and B.I.G., a Partnership for
            Fresno, CA Applications Laboratory. (Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Annual Report on
            Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 on
            file with the SEC.)
  10.2      Stock Purchase and Supply Agreement dated May 19, 1994
            between Jungbunzlaur Holding AG and Extended Product Life,
            Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the
            Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
            ended June 30, 1994 on file with the SEC.)
  10.3      1994 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
            for the quarter ended June 30, 1994 on file with the SEC.)
  10.4      Employment Agreement between EPL Packaging, Inc. (now known
            as Respire Films, Inc.) and Joel Longstreath, President,
            dated September 30, 1994. (Incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
            for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 on file with the
            SEC.)
  10.5      Agreement for the sale and purchase of the entire issued
            share capital of Bakery Packaging Services Limited, dated
            September 15, 1995. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            2.1 to the Company's Report on Form 8-K dated October 3,
            1995 on file with the SEC.)
  10.6      Disclosure letter in relation to the agreement for the sale
            of the entire issued share capital of Bakery Packaging
            Services Limited, dated September 15, 1995. (Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Company's Report on Form 8-K
            dated October 3, 1995 on file with the SEC.)
  10.7      Agreement between EPL Technologies (Europe) Limited and DWL
            Associates for the services of D. W. Lyon as Chief Operating
            Officer of Bakery Packaging Services Limited. (Incorporated
            by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Company's Report on Form
            8-K dated October 3, 1995 on file with the SEC.)
  10.8      Employment agreement between EPL Technologies, Inc. and P.
            L. Devine, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer,
            dated as of January 1, 1997. (Incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-Q
            for the quarter ended June 30, 1997 on file with the SEC.)
  10.10     Office Lease Agreement dated September 11, 1996 between EPL
            Technologies, Inc. and K/B Fund II for Headquarters office.
            (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's
            Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            December 31, 1996 on file with the SEC.)
  10.11     License Agreement dated as of April 29, 1997 by and between
            Integrated Produce Systems, Inc. and Farmington Fresh.
            (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's
            Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-42185) on
            file with the SEC.)
  10.12     Amendment to License Agreement, dated December 1, 1997,
            between Integrated Produce Systems, Inc. and Farmington
            Fresh. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
            Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No.
            333-42185) on file with the SEC.)
  10.13     Operating Agreement of NewCornCo, LLC, dated July 19, 1996,
            between the Company and Agricultural Innovation & Trade,
            Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
            Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No.
            333-42185) on file with the SEC.)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   100
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
  -------                           -----------
  <C>       <S>
  10.14     Fresh-Cut Corn Processing Agreement, dated July 22, 1996,
            between NewCornCo, LLC, and Agricultural Innovation & Trade,
            Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the
            Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No.
            333-42185) on file with the SEC.)
  10.15     Assignment of Membership Interest, dated December 6, 1997,
            between Agricultural Innovation & Trade, Inc. and Twin
            Garden Sales, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.5 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3
            (File No. 333-42185) on file with the SEC.)
  10.16     Requirements Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1998, between
            NewCornCo, LLC, and Twin Garden Farms. (Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Registration
            Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-42185) on file with the
            SEC.)
  10.17     Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1998, between the
            Company and William R. Romig. (Incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Registration Statement on
            Form S-3 (File No. 333-42185) on file with the SEC.)
  10.18     Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of the entire issued
            share capital of Fabbri Artes Graficas Valencia S.A., dated
            December 11, 1997. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1
            to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December
            24, 1997.)
  10.19     Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of November 6, 1997
            between the Company and each of the purchasers of the
            Company's Series D Preferred Stock. (Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Quarterly Report
            on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997.)
  10.20     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 6, 1997
            between the Company and each of the purchasers of the
            Company's Series D Preferred Stock. (Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's Quarterly Report
            on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997.)
  10.21     Trademark License Agreement between IPS Produce, Inc. and
            Potandon Produce LLC (confidential treatment has been
            granted for certain portions of this document).
            (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's
            Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
            September 30, 1997.)
  10.22     Employment Agreement dated as of February 18, 1998, by and
            between EPL Technologies, Inc. and Bruce M. Crowell.
  10.23     Service Agreement dated as of October 1, 1997 by and between
            EPL Technologies S.L. and Jose Saenz de Santa Maria.
  10.24 *   Agreement dated February 1, 1998 by and between the Company
            and American National Can Company.
  11.01     Computation of Earnings per Common Share and Fully Diluted
            Earnings per Common Share.
  21**      Subsidiaries of the Company.
  23.1      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  23.2      Consent of Coopers & Lybrand, S.A.
  23.3*     Consent of Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, LLP (included
            in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1      Power of Attorney (included in signature page).
  27.1*     Financial Data Schedules.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
*  to be filed by amendment.
    
   
** previously filed.
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>   101
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 15 above or
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
     this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
     form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
     (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
     Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
 
          (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
     be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
     offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
     deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>   102
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused Amendment No. 1 to this Registration Statement on
Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the Township of Tinicum, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on March
18, 1998.
    
 
                                          EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
                                          By /s/     PAUL L. DEVINE
 
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                       Paul L. Devine
                                               Chairman, President and Chief
                                                      Executive Officer
                                               (Principal Executive Officer)
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by
the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     SIGNATURE                                     TITLE                       DATE
                     ---------                                     -----                       ----
<C>                                                    <S>                               <C>
 
                /s/ PAUL L. DEVINE                     Chairman, President and Chief        March 18, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------      Executive Officer (Principal
                  Paul L. Devine                         Executive Officer)
 
               /s/ BRUCE M. CROWELL                    Vice President and Chief             March 18, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------      Financial Officer (Principal
                 Bruce M. Crowell                        Financial Officer)
 
               /s/ TIMOTHY B. OWEN*                    Secretary and Treasurer              March 18, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------      (Principal Accounting
                  Timothy B. Owen                        Officer)
 
               /s/ ROBERT D. MATTEI*                   Director                             March 18, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------
                 Robert D. Mattei
 
              /s/ RONALD W. CANTWELL*                  Director                             March 18, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------
                Ronald W. Cantwell
 
              *By: /s/ PAUL L. DEVINE
   ---------------------------------------------
                 Attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>   103
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          SEQUENTIALLY
  EXHIBIT                                                                   NUMBERED
  NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION                               PAGE
  -------                           -----------                           ------------
  <C>       <S>                                                           <C>
   1.1*     Form of Underwriting Agreement
   3.1      Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the
            Company, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            3.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
            quarter ended September 30, 1997 on file with the Securities
            and Exchange Commission (the "SEC").)
   3.2      Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as amended.
            (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's
            Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
            September 30, 1997 on file with the SEC.)
   4.1      Specimen Common Stock Certificate. (Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Annual Report on
            Form 10-K for the eight months ended December 31, 1992 on
            file with the SEC.)
   5.1*     Opinion of Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, LLP as to the
            validity of the shares of Common Stock being registered.
  10.1      Office Lease Agreement dated October 15, 1993 between
            Extended Product Life, Inc. and B.I.G., a Partnership for
            Fresno, CA Applications Laboratory. (Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Annual Report on
            Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 on
            file with the SEC.)
  10.2      Stock Purchase and Supply Agreement dated May 19, 1994
            between Jungbunzlaur Holding AG and Extended Product Life,
            Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the
            Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
            ended June 30, 1994 on file with the SEC.)
  10.3      1994 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
            for the quarter ended June 30, 1994 on file with the SEC.)
  10.4      Employment Agreement between EPL Packaging, Inc. (now known
            as Respire Films, Inc.) and Joel Longstreath, President,
            dated September 30, 1994. (Incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
            for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 on file with the
            SEC.)
  10.5      Agreement for the sale and purchase of the entire issued
            share capital of Bakery Packaging Services Limited, dated
            September 15, 1995. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            2.1 to the Company's Report on Form 8-K dated October 3,
            1995 on file with the SEC.)
  10.6      Disclosure letter in relation to the agreement for the sale
            of the entire issued share capital of Bakery Packaging
            Services Limited, dated September 15, 1995. (Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Company's Report on Form 8-K
            dated October 3, 1995 on file with the SEC.)
  10.7      Agreement between EPL Technologies (Europe) Limited and DWL
            Associates for the services of D. W. Lyon as Chief Operating
            Officer of Bakery Packaging Services Limited. (Incorporated
            by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Company's Report on Form
            8-K dated October 3, 1995 on file with the SEC.)
  10.8      Employment agreement between EPL Technologies, Inc. and P.
            L. Devine, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer,
            dated as of January 1, 1997. (Incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-Q
            for the quarter ended June 30, 1997 on file with the SEC.)
  10.10     Office Lease Agreement dated September 11, 1996 between EPL
            Technologies, Inc. and K/B Fund II for Headquarters office.
            (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's
            Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
            December 31, 1996 on file with the SEC.)
  10.11     License Agreement dated as of April 29, 1997 by and between
            Integrated Produce Systems, Inc. and Farmington Fresh.
            (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's
            Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-42185) on
            file with the SEC.)
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>   104
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          SEQUENTIALLY
  EXHIBIT                                                                   NUMBERED
  NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION                               PAGE
  -------                           -----------                           ------------
  <C>       <S>                                                           <C>
  10.12     Amendment to License Agreement, dated December 1, 1997,
            between Integrated Produce Systems, Inc. and Farmington
            Fresh. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
            Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No.
            333-42185) on file with the SEC.)
  10.13     Operating Agreement of NewCornCo, LLC, dated July 19, 1996,
            between the Company and Agricultural Innovation & Trade,
            Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
            Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No.
            333-42185) on file with the SEC.)
  10.14     Fresh-Cut Corn Processing Agreement, dated July 22, 1996,
            between NewCornCo, LLC, and Agricultural Innovation & Trade,
            Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the
            Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No.
            333-42185) on file with the SEC.)
  10.15     Assignment of Membership Interest, dated December 6, 1997,
            between Agricultural Innovation & Trade, Inc. and Twin
            Garden Sales, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.5 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3
            (File No. 333-42185) on file with the SEC.)
  10.16     Requirements Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1998, between
            NewCornCo, LLC, and Twin Garden Farms. (Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Registration
            Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-42185) on file with the
            SEC.)
  10.17     Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1998, between the
            Company and William R. Romig. (Incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Registration Statement on
            Form S-3 (File No. 333-42185) on file with the SEC.)
  10.18     Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of the entire issued
            share capital of Fabbri Artes Graficas Valencia S.A., dated
            December 11, 1997. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1
            to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December
            24, 1997.)
  10.19     Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of November 6, 1997
            between the Company and each of the purchasers of the
            Company's Series D Preferred Stock. (Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Quarterly Report
            on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997.)
  10.20     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 6, 1997
            between the Company and each of the purchasers of the
            Company's Series D Preferred Stock. (Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's Quarterly Report
            on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997.)
  10.21     Trademark License Agreement between IPS Produce, Inc. and
            Potandon Produce LLC (confidential treatment has been
            granted for certain portions of this document).
            (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's
            Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
            September 30, 1997.)
  10.22     Employment Agreement dated as of February 18, 1998, by and
            between EPL Technologies, Inc. and Bruce M. Crowell.
  10.23     Service Agreement dated as of October 1, 1997 by and between
            EPL Technologies S.L. and Jose Saenz de Santa Maria.
  10.24*    Agreement dated February 1, 1998 by and between the Company
            and American National Can Company.
  11.01     Computation of Earnings per Common Share and Fully Diluted
            Earnings per Common Share.
  21**      Subsidiaries of the Company.
  23.1      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  23.2      Consent of Coopers & Lybrand, S.A.
  23.3*     Consent of Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, LLP (included
            in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1*     Power of Attorney (included in signature page).
  27.1      Financial Data Schedules.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
 * to be filed by amendment.
    
   
** previously filed.
    

<PAGE>   1
                                                                Exhibit 10.22



                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as
of this _____ day of February, 1998, by and between EPL Technologies, Inc., a
Colorado corporation (hereinafter called "Company"), and Bruce M. Crowell, an
individual (hereinafter called "Employee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, Company wishes to employ Employee and Employee wishes to enter
into the employ of Company on the terms and conditions contained in this
Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the facts, mutual promises and
covenants contained herein and intending to be legally bound hereby, Company and
Employee agree as follows:

         1. Employment. Company hereby employs Employee and Employee hereby
accepts employment by Company for the period and upon the terms and conditions
contained in this Agreement.

         2. Office and Duties.

            (a) Employee shall serve Company generally as Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer, reporting to the Company's Chief Executive Officer, and
shall have such authority and such responsibilities as are consistent with the
position of Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and as Company reasonably
may determine from time to time. Employee shall perform any other executive
and/or managerial duties reasonably required by Company and, if requested by
Company, shall serve as an officer or director of Company without additional
compensation.

            (b) Throughout the term of this Agreement, Employee shall devote
substantially his entire working time, energy, skill and best efforts to the
performance of his duties hereunder in a manner which will faithfully and
diligently further the business and interests of Company; provided, however,
that Employee may engage in such other business activity as is set forth in
Exhibit A attached hereto; provided, further, that such activity set forth on
Exhibit A, in the aggregate, does not, in the reasonable judgment of Company,
interfere with Employee's duties at the Company, or compete with any aspect of
the Company's business.

         3. Term. This Agreement shall commence as of 8:30 a.m. on February 16,
1998 and shall continue for a term of
<PAGE>   2
two years, ending on February 16, 2000 (the "Initial Term"); provided that (a)
this Agreement shall terminate prior to such date upon Employee's resignation,
death or disability, and (b) this Agreement may be terminated by Company at any
time prior to such date for Cause (as hereinafter defined). During the Initial
Term of this Agreement or any "Renewal Term" (as defined below) of this
Agreement, Employee may resign, or Company may terminate Employee without Cause,
in either case by giving the other party four (4) weeks' written notice. If
Employee resigns during the Initial Term, no bonus (pursuant to Section 4(b))
shall be earned after the date of resignation and any bonus earned or accrued
but unpaid at the date of resignation shall be forfeited unless Employee shall
continue to serve Company as described in subparagraphs 2(a) and 2(b) during the
entire notice period, or for such shorter period of time as may be determined by
Company in its sole discretion. Unless either party elects to terminate this
Agreement at the end of the Initial Term by giving the other party written
notice of such election at least sixty (60) days before the expiration of the
Initial Term, this Agreement shall be deemed to have been renewed for an
additional term of one (1) year (a "Renewal Term") commencing on the day after
the expiration of the Initial Term. Unless either party elects to terminate this
Agreement at the end of any Renewal Term by giving the other party notice of
such election at least sixty (60) days before the expiration of the Renewal
Term, this Agreement shall be deemed to have been renewed for an additional
Renewal Term commencing on the day after the expiration of the then current
Renewal Term. If Company terminates Employee without Cause or the Initial Term
or any Renewal Term expires without being renewed, upon and after the date on
which such termination or expiration occurs (the "Payment Continuation Date"),
the Employee shall continue to receive, until the first anniversary of the
Payment Continuation Date (the "Payment Period") the sum of (A) his Base Salary
plus (B) the bonus, if any, received by the Employee in the twelve months
preceding the Payment Continuation Date, such sum of (A) and (B) to be payable
in approximately equal installments in accordance with the Company's regular
payroll practices, from time to time, but not less frequently than monthly.
During the Payment Period, the provisions of subparagraph 4(c) shall continue to
apply as though this Agreement had not terminated. In addition, during the
Payment Period, the Employee shall receive, at Company expense, outplacement
services comparable to those provided to executives similarly situated as
Employee ("Outplacement Services").

         4. Compensation.

            (a) For all of the service rendered by Employee to Company, Employee
shall receive an annual base salary of One Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars
($180,000) for the Initial Term, payable in installments in accordance with
Company's regular


                                        2
<PAGE>   3
payroll practices in effect from time to time, but not less frequently than
monthly. On an annual basis during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term,
Company's Board of Directors shall review Employee's performance under this
Agreement for the purpose of considering a raise in his then current Base
Salary. The Board of Directors may award such a raise, in any amount, or no
raise whatsoever, in its sole discretion.

            (b) In addition to Employee's Base Salary, Employee shall be
entitled to certain bonuses based on an annual target equivalent to 35% of the
Base Salary, obtainable only based on achievement of objectives and criteria to
be agreed between the Employee and the Company's Chief Executive Officer within
90 days of the date of this Agreement and then attached to this Agreement as
Exhibit B. Employee may be entitled to additional future bonuses if, as, and
only to the extent, agreed and determined by Company's Board of Directors, in
its sole discretion.

            (c) Throughout the term of this Agreement and as long as they are
kept in force by Company, Employee shall be entitled to participate in and
receive the benefits of any profit sharing or retirement plans and any medical,
dental, life, accident, short-term and long-term disability insurance or sick
leave plans or programs or any bonus, stock option or incentive compensation
plans made available to other similarly situated employees of Company.

            (d) Employee shall be entitled to fifteen (15) days paid vacation
annually during each year ended December 31 (pro rated for any period less than
12 months and earned at a rate of 1.25 days per month of service) in addition to
all national holidays on which the principal executive offices of Company are
closed. In addition, Employee shall receive fifteen days vacation time for
calendar year 1998, vested upon execution of this Agreement. Unless otherwise
approved in advance in writing by the Chief Executive Officer, Employee may not
carryover any accrued but unused vacation days from any year in the Initial Term
or any Renewal Term into succeeding years of the term of this Agreement. Upon
termination of Employee's employment other than for Cause, Employee shall be
entitled to payment for any accrued but unused vacation days (not forfeited by
the other provisions of this Paragraph) at a rate equal to the amount of
Employee's Base Salary as then in effect, divided by 260, and multiplied by the
number of applicable accrued and unused days.

            (e) Employee shall be reimbursed promptly after incurring and
providing reasonable documentation of the following expenses relating to the
relocation of Employee and his family from Farmington, Connecticut to the
Philadelphia metropolitan


                                        3
<PAGE>   4
area (collectively, "Relocation Expenses"); provided, however, that the
aggregate of all Relocation Expenses shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand
Dollars ($100,000):

                  i)       Packing and moving of Employee's household goods
                           from Farmington, Connecticut to the Philadelphia
                           metropolitan area by a professional moving company
                           of Employee's choice;

                  ii)      Selling expenses arising from the sale of Employee's
                           current home, including real estate broker's
                           commission up to a maximum of 6% of the home's
                           selling price;

                  iii)     Reasonable temporary accommodations for Employee in
                           the Philadelphia area for up to a total of 120 days
                           of accommodation expense, pending sale of his current
                           home and relocation of his household, and round trip
                           transportation expenses between such accommodations
                           and his current home on weekends during this period;

                  iv)      Reasonable transportation, lodging and meal
                           expenses for two house-hunting trips in the
                           Philadelphia area for Employee together with his
                           spouse; and

                  v)       Closing costs for the purchase of a new home in
                           the Philadelphia area, including reimbursement of
                           customary mortgage "points," to a maximum of two
                           points.

                           (f) Promptly after the Employee submits to the
         Company calculations showing the aggregate federal and state taxes
         payable by Employee attributable to Employee's receipt of the amount of
         Relocation Expenses reimbursed ("Reimbursement Tax Liability"), which
         calculations shall be based upon the tax rates applicable to amounts
         paid in excess of Employee's base salary payable under Paragraph 4(a),
         the Company shall pay to Employee an amount (the "Gross-Up Amount")
         equal to the Reimbursement Tax Liability, plus an additional amount
         equal to the tax liability attributable to the Gross-Up Amount,
         calculated on a basis comparable to the calculation of the
         Reimbursement Tax Liability.

                  5.       Expenses. Company will reimburse Employee for all
reasonable expenses incurred by Employee in connection with the performance of
Employee's duties hereunder upon receipt of itemized accounts of such
expenditures and in accordance with Company's regular reimbursement procedures
and practices in effect from time to time.


                                        4
<PAGE>   5
         6. Grant of Options.

            (a) Employee is hereby granted share options ("Options") to receive
200,000 shares of the common stock ("Common Stock") of the Company at an
exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company's Common Stock on the
Nasdaq Stock Market on the date of this Agreement, vesting immediately,
exercisable for a term of not less than five years, and subject to and otherwise
containing other terms and conditions set forth in the option document
evidencing the Options, delivered contemporaneously with the execution of this
Agreement and in accordance with the Company's 1994 Stock Incentive Plan (the
"Plan").

            (b) Withholding of Taxes. Whenever the Company proposes or is
required to deliver or transfer Options or shares of Common Stock pursuant to
the grant or exercise of any Option, Company shall have the right to (i) require
Employee to remit to the Company or to withhold from Employee directly, amounts
sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and/or local withholding tax
requirements, prior to the delivery or transfer of any certificates for such
Options or shares of Common Stock, or (ii) take whatever action it deems
necessary to protect its interest with respect to such tax liabilities.

            (c) Terms of Option Exercise. Each Option granted under subparagraph
6(a) above shall contain such other terms and conditions as are permitted under
the terms of the Plan or any then applicable stock option plan of the Company as
the committee or the Board of Directors administering any such plan may elect,
in its sole discretion, except to the extent necessary to preserve the status of
any option granted as an incentive stock option to continue to qualify as an
incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

            (d) Mechanics of Exercise. When exercisable, any Option granted
hereunder may be exercised by written notice to the Company specifying the
number of shares to be issued upon exercise of the option (the "Option Shares")
and, to the extent such Option Shares are not then covered by an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form
S-8, Form S-3 or otherwise, containing the Employee's acknowledgment, in form
and substance satisfactory to the Company, that the Employee (i) is purchasing
such Option Shares for investment and not for distribution or resale and (ii)
has been advised and understands that such Option Shares may not be transferred
without compliance with all applicable federal or state securities laws.

         7. Disability. If, because of a disability, Employee cannot perform the
essential functions of his job (as described


                                        5
<PAGE>   6
in this Agreement), with or without reasonable accommodation, the Company,
during the period of such disability, will continue the payment of Employee's
Base Salary at its then current rate for such period of disability up to a
maximum of thirteen (13) weeks following the date Employee is first unable to
perform his duties due to such disability. If, as a result of such disability,
Employee is unable to perform his duties for a period of thirteen (13)
consecutive weeks or for a cumulative period of twenty-six (26) weeks during any
twelve-month period, Company may terminate this Agreement and Company shall have
no further obligations or liabilities hereunder after the date of such
termination, other than as set forth in Paragraph 11 below.

         8. Death. If Employee dies, all payments hereunder shall cease at the
end of the month in which Employee's death shall occur and Company shall have no
further obligations or liabilities hereunder to Employee's estate or legal
representative or otherwise, other than as set forth in Paragraph 11 below.

         9. Change of Control.

            (a) Upon any "Change of Control," the Company or Employee may
terminate the Employee's employment on four (4) weeks prior written notice, and
in such event Company shall pay Employee his then applicable annual Base Salary,
in monthly installments, for a period of twenty four (24) months after the date
on which such termination occurred. In addition, the Company shall pay any bonus
earned or accrued up to that date, together with the bonus earned over the last
12 months, both amounts to be paid in monthly installments over a period of
twelve (12) months after the date on which such termination occurred
(collectively, the "Termination Payment"). In addition, the Employee will be
treated for purposes of subparagraph 4(c) (but for no other purpose) as though
this Agreement remained in effect for a one year period after termination and
will be provided with Outplacement Services for at least a one year period after
termination. Upon making the Termination Payment in full and maintaining the
benefits under subparagraph 4(c) and the Outplacement Services for the one year
period described in the prior sentence, Company shall have no further
obligations or liabilities hereunder and Employee shall be released from the
restrictions contained in subparagraphs 13(a) and 13(b) hereof.

            (b) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Change in Control"
shall mean any of the following:

                (i) any person (as such term is used in Sections 3(a)(9), 13(d) 
and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")), other
than the Company, a subsidiary of the Company, an employee benefit plan (or
related


                                        6
<PAGE>   7
trust) of the Company or a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, or
affiliates of the Company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act),
becomes the beneficial owner (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing
50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding
securities (provided that for purposes of this determination, a person shall not
be deemed the beneficial owner of securities of which such person has the right
to acquire beneficial ownership if such right has not been exercised and such
right was acquired directly from the Company); or

                  (ii)     the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the
occurrence of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to
an entity which is not a direct or indirect subsidiary or parent of the Company;
or

                  (iii)    the occurrence of a reorganization, merger,
consolidation or other similar transaction or connected series of transactions
of the Company as a result of which either (a) the Company does not survive or
(b) pursuant to which shares of the Company common stock ("Common Stock") would
be converted into cash, securities or other property, unless, in case of either
(a) or (b), the holders of the Company's Common Stock immediately prior to such
transaction will, following the consummation of the transaction, beneficially
own, directly or indirectly, (x) more than 50% of the combined voting power of
the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors of the Company surviving, continuing or resulting from
such transaction (the "Successor") or (y) beneficially own voting securities in
the Successor in substantially the same proportion in which they beneficially
owned the Company's Common Stock immediately prior to such transaction; or

                  (iv)     the occurrence of a reorganization, merger,
consolidation, or similar transaction of the Company, or before any connected
series of such transactions, if, upon consummation of such transaction or
transactions, the persons who are members of the Board of Directors of the
Company immediately before or at the time of execution of an agreement providing
for such transaction or transactions cease to constitute a majority of the Board
of Directors of the Company or, in a case where the Company does not survive in
such transaction, of the corporation surviving, continuing or resulting from
such transaction or transactions; or

                  (v)      any other event which is at any time designated as a
"Change in Control" for purposes of this Agreement by a resolution adopted by
the Board of Directors of the Company with the affirmative vote of a majority of
the


                                        7
<PAGE>   8
nonemployee directors in office at the time the resolution is adopted; in the
event any such resolution is adopted, the Change in Control event specified
thereby shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference and thereafter may not
be amended, modified or revoked without the written agreement of the Employee.

         10. Discharge for Cause. Company may discharge Employee at any time for
"Cause" immediately upon written notice by Company to Employee. For purposes of
this Agreement, the term "Cause" means (i) the willful failure by Employee to
substantially perform his duties or obligations hereunder (other than any such
failure resulting from Employee's disability or death and other than breaches of
the covenants set forth in Paragraphs 12 and 13 hereof, which events are
governed by clause (iv) below), resulting, or reasonably likely to result, in
material economic harm to the Company; provided such failure remains uncured for
a period of 30 days after written notice describing the same is received by the
Employee; provided, further that isolated or insubstantial failure shall not
constitute Cause hereunder, (ii) Employee's conviction (which, through lapse of
time or otherwise, is not subject to appeal) of any felonious crime or any other
offense if it involves money or other property of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries; provided, that any such crime or offense results in material
injury to the Company, (iii) use of alcohol or any unlawful controlled substance
to the extent that it interferes on a continuing and material basis with the
performance of Employee's duties under the Agreement or (iv) any material breach
by Employee of the terms of Paragraphs 12 and 13 of this Agreement. For purposes
of the definition of "Cause" under this Agreement, no act, or failure to act, on
Employee's part shall be considered "willful" if it was done, or omitted to be
done, in good faith and with reasonable belief that such action or omission was
in the best interest of the Company. Employee shall not be deemed to have been
terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the
Employee a copy of the resolution, duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not
less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board, at a meeting of the
Board (after notice to Employee and an opportunity for Employee, together with
Employee's counsel, to be heard before the Board prior to its taking such
action), finding that in the opinion of the Board, Employee engaged in conduct
set forth above in clauses (i)-(iv) above, and specifying the particulars
thereof. Upon Employee's termination for Cause by the Company, Employee shall be
entitled to receive his Base Salary through the day on which his termination
occurs, together with any other compensation and benefits to which Employee may
be entitled through the date of termination under applicable plans, programs and
agreements of the Company.


                                        8
<PAGE>   9
         11. Severance Payments. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to
Paragraphs 7 or 8 above at any time prior to the expiration of the Initial Term
or any Renewal Term, Company shall pay Employee (or his estate, in the event of
Employee's death), after such termination, for an additional period of six (6)
months after the month in which such termination occurs, additional monthly
installments of his then applicable annual Base Salary and upon completion of
such six monthly payments, Company shall have no further liabilities or
obligations to Employee hereunder, other than with respect to any bonus earned
through the date of termination as set forth in Paragraph 4(b) above.

         12. Company Property. All advertising, sales, manufacturers' and other
materials or articles or information, including, without limitation, data
processing reports, customer sales analyses, invoices, price lists or
information, samples, costs, customer lists, supply information, internal
business procedures, commission plans, market studies, information concerning
pending or contemplated acquisitions or expansion plans of Company or its
affiliates (each an "Affiliate") or the existence of negotiations concerning the
same, and similar non-public information relating to the internal operations,
technical information, processes, procedures, techniques, manufacturing,
business plans, policies or practices of Company or its Affiliates, samples, or
any other materials or data of any kind furnished to Employee by Company or
developed by Employee on behalf of Company or at Company's direction or for
Company's use or otherwise in connection with Employee's employment hereunder,
are and shall remain the sole and confidential property of Company, as shall any
other books, documents, lists and records pertaining to the business of Company
or its Affiliates (collectively, the "Records"), whether the Records are
written, typed, printed, contained on microfilm, computer disc or tape, or are
set forth in some other medium of expression. Upon termination of Employee's
employment with Company, for any reason, or if Company requests the return of
such materials or Records at any time during Employee's employment, Employee
shall immediately deliver the same to Company.

         13. Noncompetition, Trade Secrets and Confidentiality

             (a) During the term of this Agreement and for a period of two (2)
years after the termination of his employment with Company for any reason
whatsoever, Employee shall not directly or indirectly induce or attempt to
influence any employee of Company to terminate his or her employment with
Company and shall not engage in (as a principal, partner, director, officer,
agent, employee, consultant or otherwise) or be financially interested in any
business operating within the continental United States involved in business
activities which


                                        9
<PAGE>   10
are the same as, similar to or in competition with business activities carried
on by Company, or being definitely planned by Company, at the time of the
termination of Employee's employment. However, nothing contained in this
Paragraph 13 shall prevent Employee from holding for investment no more than
five percent (5%) of any class of equity securities of a company whose
securities are traded on a national securities exchange or from engaging in the
activities described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

            (b) During the term of this Agreement and at all times thereafter,
Employee shall not use for his personal benefit, or disclose, communicate or
divulge to, or use for the direct or indirect benefit of any person, firm,
association or company other than Company or an Affiliate of Company, any
material referred to in Paragraph 12 above or any information regarding the
business methods, business policies, procedures, techniques, research or
development projects or results, trade secrets, or other knowledge or processes
of or developed by Company or its Affiliates or any names and addresses of
customers or clients or any data on or relating to past, present or prospective
customers or clients or any other confidential information relating to or
dealing with the business operations or activities of Company or its Affiliates,
made known to Employee or learned or acquired by Employee while in the employ of
Company.

            (c) Any and all writings, inventions, improvements, processes,
procedures and/or techniques which Employee may make, conceive, discover or
develop, either solely or jointly with any other person or persons, at any time
during the term of this Agreement, whether during working hours or at any other
time and whether at the request or upon the suggestion of Company or its
Affiliates or otherwise, which relate to or are useful in connection with any
business now or hereafter carried on or contemplated by Company or its
Affiliates, including developments or expansion of its present field of
operations, shall be the sole and exclusive property of Company. Employee shall
make full disclosure to Company of all such writings, inventions, improvements,
processes, procedures and techniques, and shall do everything necessary or
desirable to vest the absolute title thereto in Company. Employee shall write
and prepare all specifications and procedures regarding such inventions,
improvements, processes, procedures and techniques and otherwise aid and assist
Company so that Company can prepare, at Company's expense, and present
applications for copyright or Letters Patent therefor and can secure such
copyright or Letters Patent wherever possible, as well as reissues, renewals,
and extensions thereof, and can obtain the record title to such copyright or
patents so that Company shall be the sole and absolute owner thereof in all
countries in which it may desire to


                                       10
<PAGE>   11
have copyright or patent protection. Employee shall not be entitled to any
additional or special compensation or reimbursement regarding any and all such
writings, inventions, improvements, processes, procedures and techniques.

             (d) Employee acknowledges (i) that the trade secrets and
confidential information of Company and its Affiliates relate to the conduct of
Company's business, are of independent economic value to Company because they
are not generally known and are the subject of efforts by Company to maintain
their secrecy, (ii) that the right to maintain the secrecy of the trade secrets
and confidential information of Company and its Affiliates constitutes a
proprietary right that Company and its Affiliates are entitled to protect, (iii)
that the restrictions contained in the foregoing subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c),
in view of the nature of the business in which Company and its Affiliates are
engaged, are reasonable and necessary in order to protect the legitimate
interests of Company, and (iv) that any violation of such restrictions would
result in irreparable injuries to Company. Employee therefore acknowledges that,
in the event of his violation of any of these restrictions, Company shall have
the right to obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction preliminary and
permanent injunctive relief, as well as damages and an equitable accounting of
all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from such violation, which
right shall be cumulative and in addition to any other rights or remedies to
which Company may be entitled.

             (e) If the period of time, scope of activity, or the area specified
in subparagraph (a) above should be adjudged unreasonable in any proceeding,
then the period of time shall be reduced by such number of months or the area
shall be reduced by the elimination of such portion thereof or both so that such
restrictions may be enforced in such area and for such time as is adjudged to be
reasonable. If Employee violates any of the restrictions contained in the
foregoing subparagraph (a), the restrictive period shall not run in favor of
Employee from the time of the commencement of any such violation until such time
as such violation shall be cured by Employee to the satisfaction of Company.

         14. Prior Agreement. Employee represents to Company (a) that there are
no restrictions, agreements or understandings whatsoever to which Employee is a
party which would prevent or make unlawful his execution of this Agreement or
his employment hereunder, (b) that his execution of this Agreement and his
employment hereunder shall not constitute a breach of any contract, agreement or
understanding, oral or written, to which he is a party or by which he is bound,
and (c) that he is free and able to execute this Agreement and to enter into
employment by Company.


                                       11
<PAGE>   12
         15. Miscellaneous.

             (a) Indulgences, Etc. Neither the failure nor any delay on the part
of either party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this
Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further
exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor
shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any
occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege
with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is
in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

             (b) Controlling Law. This Agreement and all questions relating to
its validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement (including, without
limitation, provisions concerning limitations of actions), shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania,
and without the aid of any canon, custom or rule of law requiring construction
against the draftsman.

             (c) Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other
communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing,
and may be given by (i) personal delivery, (ii) first-class United States mail,
postage prepaid, registered or certified, (iii) overnight delivery service,
charges prepaid, or (iv) telecopy or other means of electronic transmission, if
confirmed promptly by any of the methods specified in clauses (i)-(iii) of this
sentence, and will be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered
personally, when mailed first-class, postage prepaid, registered or certified
mail, when delivered to the overnight delivery company, charges prepaid, or when
sent by electronic transmission, to the respective parties, as follows:

             (i) If to Employee:

                 33 Metacomet Road
                 Farmington, CT  06032

            (ii) If to Company:

                 EPL Technologies, Inc.
                 2 International Plaza, Suite 245
                 Philadelphia, PA 19113
                 Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

             Any party may alter the address to which communications or copies
are to be sent by giving notice of such


                                       12
<PAGE>   13
change of address in conformity with the provisions of this paragraph for the
giving of notice.

             (d) Binding Nature of Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of Company and its successors and assigns and
shall be binding upon Employee and his heirs and legal representatives. This
Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder shall not be assigned by
Employee.

             (e) Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as
against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall
together constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become
binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together,
shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the
signatories.

             (f) Provisions Separable. The provisions of this Agreement are
independent of and separable from each other, and no provision shall be affected
or rendered invalid or unenforceable by virtue of the fact that for any reason
any other or others of them may be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

             (g) Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire
understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and
understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, oral or written,
except as herein contained. The express terms control and supersede any course
of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms
hereof. This Agreement may not be modified or amended other than by an agreement
in writing signed by the parties hereto.

             (h) Paragraph Headings. The paragraph headings in this Agreement
are for convenience only and form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect
its interpretation.

             (i) Gender, Etc. Words used herein, regardless of the number and
gender specifically used, shall be deemed and construed to include any other
number, singular or plural, and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter,
as the context indicates is appropriate.

             (j) Number of Days. In computing the number of days for purposes of
this Agreement, all days shall be counted, including Saturdays, Sundays and
holidays; provided, however, that if the final day of any time falls on a
Saturday, Sunday or holiday on which federal banks are or may elect to be
closed,


                                       13
<PAGE>   14
then the final day shall be deemed to be the next day which is not a Saturday,
Sunday or such holiday.

             (k) Survival. Paragraphs 12 and 13 shall survive and continue in
full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding any termination of
this Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                       EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.



                                       By:______________________________________
                                             Paul L. Devine
                                             Chairman, President and
                                             Chief Executive Officer




                                       EMPLOYEE


                                       ___________________________________(SEAL)
                                       Bruce M. Crowell


                                       14
<PAGE>   15
                                    Exhibit A

                          Permitted Business Activities

1.       Manage personal and family investments.

2.       Participate in charitable or municipal organizations, not
         including elected office.
<PAGE>   16
                                    Exhibit B

                                 Bonus Criteria


                         [to be attached within 90 days
                          of the date of the Agreement]

<PAGE>   1
                                                                Exhibit 10.23



                            DATED FIRST OCTOBER 1997
                   -----------------------------------------





                        (1)     EPL TECHNOLOGIES S.L.

                        (2)     JOSE SAENZ DE SANTA-MARIA





                   -----------------------------------------

                               SERVICE AGREEMENT

                   -----------------------------------------





                     DRAFT(8)MCT/SXCC/(0923093.08)17.09.97
                     -------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2

                                    CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Clause           Heading                                                  Page
                                                                
<S>      <C>                                                                 <C>
1.       JOB TITLE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
                                                                
2.       DURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
                                                                
3.       HOURS OF WORK  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
                                                                
4.       SALARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
                                                                
5.       COMPANY CAR  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
                                                                
6.       PLACE OF WORK  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
                                                                
7.       EXPENSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
                                                                
8.       ASSIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
                                                                
9.       RESTRICTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
                                                                
10.      SICKNESS AND SICK PAY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
                                                                
11.      TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
                                                                
12.      NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
                                                                
13.      DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
                                                                
14.      CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
                                                                
15.      JURISDICTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
                                                                
16.      LANGUAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3
THIS AGREEMENT is made the first day of October 1997


BETWEEN:

(1)  DERRICK W LYON with Passport Number GBR 016240661 whose address is at Nook 
     House, Off Cliffe Lane, Acton Bridge, Northwich, Cheshire, CW8 3QP, UK,
     acting as the sole director of EPL TECHNOLOGIES S.L. (the "Company") with
     Tax identity code number C.I.F. B81765547, whose registered office is at
     Plaza Pablo Picasso, Torre Picasso, 28020 Madrid, Spain, acting as sole
     director by virtue of a power of attorney granted to him on the articles
     of the Company; and

(2)  JOSE SAENZ DE SANTA-MARIA of lawful age, married (the "Executive") with
     National Identity Card number 50293753-K and address at Paseo de la Isla
     39, 2D, 09003 Burgos, Spain.

RECITALS

A)   The Company is interested in entering into a service contract appointing a
     managing director of the Company. The service contract is regulated by the
     Real Decreto 1382/1985 of 1st of August.

B)   DERRICK W LYON as the sole director of the Company, agrees to enter into
     this Agreement on behalf of the Company.

C)   Both parties acknowledge that each have the legal capacity to enter into
     this Agreement, and that they enter into their obligations freely.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

1.   JOB TITLE

1.1  The Company will employ the Executive as Managing Director of the Company.
     The Executive's duties will include all work normally associated with his
     title and such additional duties as the Company may reasonably require of
     him from time to time.

1.2  The Executive agrees to perform the post of Managing Director of the
     Company, performing his functions with full autonomy and liability which
     may only be limited at the instigation of the sole director of the company
     and the Chief Executive Officer, EPL Technologies (Europe) Limited ("CEO
     Europe").

1.3  Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 1.1 the specific function of the
     Executive will be Technical and Commercial Managing Director.


                                       1.

<PAGE>   4
2.   DURATION

     The Executive's employment will continue for a fixed period of 15 months
     from 1st October 1997 to 31 December 1998 ("the Termination Date"). If
     six months before the Termination Date any of the parties have not served 
     on the other a notice of termination of this Agreement, then this
     Agreement will continue indefinitely. Once this Agreement is of an
     indefinite duration, either party can terminate this Agreement upon the
     giving of six months notice to the other party.

3.   HOURS OF WORK

3.1  The Executive's normal working hours shall be from 9 am to 7 pm Monday to
     Friday with 2 hours for lunch. The Executive will be required to work any
     reasonable additional hours as are necessary for the proper performance of
     his duties and with no entitlement to overtime.

3.2  The Executive will be entitled to thirty 30 days paid holiday per calendar
     year, including all the Spanish national holidays.

3.3  Holiday entitlement may not be carried forward to the next calendar year
     without the prior written consent of the Company.

3.4  As early as possible, (and in any event before making any arrangements),
     the Executive should indicate his intended holiday dates to his immediate
     superior and obtain his consent.

3.5  If the Executive ceases his employment during a calendar year his holiday
     entitlement in that year will be allocated pro rata. The Executive will
     report to the sole director of the Company and to the Chief Executive 
     Officer, EPL Technologies (Europe) Limited ("CEO Europe").

3.6  The Executive may subsequently be required to work for other individuals
     in substitution for and/or in addition to the CEO Europe.

4.   SALARY

4.1  The Executive shall receive a basic salary at the rate of 20,000,000pts
     (twenty million pesetas) per annum gross to be paid by equal monthly
     installments.

4.2  The Executive's salary will be reviewed annually in January, however the
     Company does not have any obligation to award an increase.

4.3  Any benefit received by the Executive hereunder will be disclosed to the
     relevant tax authorities in compliance with the prevailing legislation and
     the Executive hereby undertakes to be responsible for the payment of any
     and all tax accruing by virtue of the provision of such benefits.


                                       2.
<PAGE>   5
4.4  The Company and the Executive will agree a bonus for the balance of 1997
     and thereafter annually. The Executive's exact targets will be agreed on
     an annual basis, and a bonus will be paid based on achievement of these
     agreed targets. It is envisaged that a bonus of up to 10% of the
     Executive's basic salary will be awarded for achievement of the Company's
     sales targets and up to 10% of the Executive's basic salary will be
     awarded for achievement of the Company's net profit targets. An additional
     bonus will be awarded for achievement of a net profit for the Company in
     excess of the net profit targets.

4.5  The Executive will be awarded an option to acquire 35,000 ordinary shares
     in EPL Technologies, Inc. within 30 days of the commencement of his
     employment to be granted at the prevailing market price. A further option
     for 35,000 ordinary shares will be awarded on the anniversary of the
     Executive's commencement of employment with the Company, also at and the
     prevailing market price. Further options may also be awarded in subsequent
     years, in accordance with the policy of EPL Technologies, Inc.

4.6  The Company will pay the Executive's subscription to the Company health
     scheme for himself and his wife and children.

4.7  In addition, the Company will lend the Executive the amount of 450,000
     pesetas. The Executive shall repay this amount over a period of 12 months,
     with a deduction of 37,500 pesetas per month from his net salary. This
     amount is only to be used by the Executive for the payment of school fees
     or related costs for members of his family.

5.   COMPANY CAR

5.1  The Company shall make available to the Executive for his business and
     personal use a motor car of a make and model to be determined by the
     Company's current policy and to be agreed in due course. The monthly total
     cost of hire of such a motor car shall not exceed 135,000 pesetas.

5.2  The Company shall bear the cost of issuing, servicing, taxing, repairing
     and maintaining the vehicle and shall pay the petrol for both business and
     private use.

5.3  Immediately upon the termination of his employment hereunder (howsoever
     arising) the Executive shall if requested by the Company return the car in
     good condition together with its keys and all documents relating to it to
     the Company forthwith at its principal place of business or as otherwise
     directed by the Company.

5.4  Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 5.3, in the event of the
     Executive's employment being terminated by the Company, other than for
     gross misconduct, the Executive may at the Company's discretion be allowed
     to retain the car for his notice period. Should the Executive not be
     required to work his notice he will be responsible for the cost of routine
     servicing and petrol during this period. Alternatively, the Company will
     compensate the Executive for the loss of this benefit.


                                       3.
<PAGE>   6


6.   PLACE OF WORK

6.1  The Executive's place of work shall be in Valencia.  The Company may also
     require him to work at any other location either on a permanent or 
     temporary basis.

6.2  In the event of a permanent transfer being proposed by the Company, the 
     Company will provide the Executive with sufficient information to enable 
     him to make a decision as to the desirability of such a transfer.  This 
     information will include all aspects of remuneration, transfer expenses and
     all other related costs.

6.3  To enable the Executive to carry out his position as Managing Director, the
     Company is prepared to assist with the rental costs of a house.  The exact
     amount will be agreed in due course, but is not envisaged to exceed 
     120,000pts (One hundred and twenty thousand pesetas) per month.  The 
     Company will pay 100% of the actual cost incurred in the first year of 
     employment, 50% in the second year of employment and 25% in the third 
     year.  No further amounts will be paid after the third year.

6.4  The reasonable and directly incurred removal costs to its place of work 
     will be born by the Company.

7.   EXPENSES

7.1  The Company shall reimburse the Executive the amount of all reasonable
     expenses properly incurred by him in the performance of his duties, subject
     to compliance with the appropriate procedures and to his production, if 
     required, of appropriate vouchers or receipts satisfactory to the Company.

8.   ASSIGNMENT

8.1  The Company shall be entitled to assign or transfer its respective rights 
     and obligations arising under this contract to any of its associates or 
     related companies within the EPL Group of companies, without the consent of
     the "Executive", provided that the Company demonstrates to the reasonable 
     satisfaction of the "Executive", that the proposed assignee has adequate 
     financial and legal ability to observe and perform the obligations to be
     assigned.

9.   RESTRICTIONS

9.1  In the event of the Executive resigning from his employment with the 
     Company the Executive shall not if requested by the Company for a 
     period of 12 months following the termination of his contract of employment
     directly or indirectly:

     (a)  solicit or attempt to solicit the custom or business of any third 
          party who is a customer of the Company.  For the purpose or this
          clause "a Customer" is defined as any third party who, in the
          preceding 12 months had placed an order for goods or services with
          the Company; and



                                       4.
<PAGE>   7

     (b)  carry on or assist with any business related or similar to the gas
          flame process of perforating plastic films, the hot needle process or
          any other packaging or film perforating or related techniques 
          including any new techniques developed or in the process of 
          development prior to the Executive's resignation.  This clause shall 
          extend to the United Kingdom, and members of the European Union, 
          Morocco and the United States of America.

9.2  Paragraphs 9.1(a) and 9.1(b) above, will also apply in the event of the 
     Executive being dismissed following action arising from the Company's 
     disciplinary procedures and the Spanish labour legislation in force at 
     that particular time, or if the Executive is made redundant.

9.3  If the company exercises its option under Clause 9.1(a) and prevents the 
     Executive from working for a third party who is related to the Company's 
     business as defined, the Company will pay you the Executive 5,000,000 
     pesetas as compensation for preventing him from working for such a third 
     party during the 12 month period.

9.4  In addition, if this agreement is terminated and the company exercises its 
     option under 9.1, the Executive will be bound by the confidentiality 
     letter, which is attached to this agreement as Exhibit 1.

10.  SICKNESS AND SICK PAY

10.1 If the Executive is absent from work due to illness or injury or for any 
     other reason he must notify his immediate superior or such other person as
     may be notified to him for this purpose from time to time before 10:00 am 
     or as soon as reasonably possible of his first day of absence and the 
     expected duration of his absence.

10.2 If the Executive is absent from work for more than seven consecutive days 
     (including Saturdays and Sundays) due to illness or injury he must obtain
     a doctor's certificate and produce or arrange for it to be produced 
     immediately to his immediate superior or such other person as may be 
     notified to him for this purpose from time to time.  If the Executive is 
     absent further thereafter, a doctor's certificate must be produced each 
     seven days.

10.3 If the Executive is absent from work due to illness or injury he will be 
     paid Company sick pay on the following basis:

     (c)  payment of his full basic salary until he receives such benefits as 
          he may be entitled to under the Company's existing permanent health
          care scheme;

     (d)  any sick pay paid by the Company will include any Statutory Sick Pay
          entitlement and will be reduced by the amount of any social security
          benefits recoverable by the Executive in respect of his illness or 
          injury;

     (e)  Paragraphs 10.3(a) and (b) shall apply without prejudice to the 
          Spanish Labour Law in force.
     


                                      5.
<PAGE>   8


11.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

11.1 Subject to Clause 2 the Executive's employment may be terminated by the 
     Executive giving the Company 6 months notice in writing.  In the 
     event of non performance of this duty of notice, the Company has the right
     to an amount equal to the corresponding salaries of the period.

11.2 Subject to Clause 2 the Executive's employment may be terminated by the 
     Company giving the Executive 6 months notice in writing.  In the event of 
     non performance of this duty of notice, the Executive has the right to an 
     amount equal to the corresponding salaries of the period.

11.3 On termination of employment, howsoever arising, or at any time requested
     by the Company, the Executive shall immediately return all relevant 
     information, material, documents, and property belonging to the Company 
     and in the Executive's safekeeping without retaining copies, samples or 
     records thereof.  In addition the Executive is to be bound by the 
     confidentiality letter which is attached to this agreement as Exhibit 1.

11.4 This Agreement may be terminated by:

     (f)  the Company;

     (g)  the Executive of the Company

     (h)  In the event of termination by either the Company or the Executive, 
          Articles 10, 11 and 12 of Royal Decree 1382/1985 of August 1st, or any
          other Law which may amend this from time to time shall apply to this 
          agreement.

     Subject to clause 2 if the Company terminates the agreement the Executive 
     will be entitled to a compensation equal to 15 months' salary in addition
     to the notice period agreed between the Parties of this Agreement.

12.  NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE

12.1 The Executive's normal retirement age will be 65 and his employment will
     automatically terminate on the Executive reaching this age, without 
     prejudice to the Spanish Labour Law in force.

13.  DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

13.1 Where the Company is dissatisfied with his performance it will initially
     refer the matter for discussion between the Executive and the CEO Europe.
     If this does not resolve the matter to the Company's satisfaction then the
     Executive will receive a formal written warning from the CEO Europe or the
     Board.

13.2 If the Executive is dissatisfied with any disciplinary decision or if he 
     wishes to seek redress for any grievance relating to his employment, he 
     should first apply in writing to the CEO



                                      6.
<PAGE>   9
      Europe and thereafter he may appeal in writing to the Board of Directors
      within seven days of being notified by the CEO Europe of his decision.

13.3  Clauses 13.1 and 13.2 shall apply without prejudice to the Spanish
      Labour Law in force.

14.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

14.1  The Executive will not, except in the proper course of his duties to the
      Company either during or after the end of his employment, divulge or
      communicate to any person, firm or company, or otherwise make use of, any
      information of a secret or confidential nature of which the Executive has
      taken into his possession during his employment, which relates to the
      Company or any of its associated companies or any third party.

14.2  The Executive acknowledges that all intellectual property rights
      including all renewals and extensions thereof originated or developed by
      him (whether alone or jointly with any person or persons) at any time
      during his employment with the Company whether before or after the date
      hereof shall belong to and vest in the Company absolutely to the fullest
      extent permitted by law and to such end the Executive undertakes, at the
      request and expense of the Company, to execute all such documents and give
      all such assistance as in the opinion of the Company as may be necessary
      or desirable to vest any such intellectual property rights therein in the
      Company absolutely and hereby assign by way of present assignment of
      future copyright all copyright in any copyright works produced or
      originated by him during his employment.

14.3  The executive acknowledges to be bound by the terms of confidentiality
      letter which is attached to this agreement as Exhibit 1.

15.   JURISDICTION

15.1  Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
      Spanish Labour Law in force and the parties agree to submit to the
      non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Spanish Courts.

16    LANGUAGE

16.1  This Agreement has been drafted in the Spanish Language, a translation 
      into the English Language is attached hereto as Exhibit 1.  The Spanish 
      version of this Agreement shall prevail in all cases.


                                       7.

<PAGE>   10
IN WITNESS whereof the Company has signed this Agreement under the hand of an
authorised official and the Executive has executed this Agreement in his own
name on his own behalf.


SIGNED by DERRICK LYON                    )
duly authorised for and on behalf of      )    /s/ DERRICK LYON
EPL TECHNOLOGIES S.L.                     )    1/10/97
(THE COMPANY)                             )       




EXECUTED by JOSE SAENZ DE SANTA-MARIA     )    /s/ JOSE SAENZ DE SANTA-MARIA
(THE EXECUTIVE)                           )    1/10/97



                                       8.
<PAGE>   11
                                      
                                  EXHIBIT 1
                                      
                            CONFIDENTIALITY LETTER



To:  The Sole Director of
     EPL TECHNOLOGIES S.L.
     Plaza Pablo Picasso, Torre Picasso
     28020 Madrid, Spain
     
     and
     
     EPL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
     2 International Plaza
     Suite 245
     Philadelphia PA 19113-1507 USA

                                                         Date First October 1997


Dear Sirs

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND CERTAIN UNDERTAKINGS

1.   DEFINITIONS
     
     I agree that for the purposes of this letter the following definitions
     will apply:

     "advisors" will mean lawyers, accountants, auditors, financial advisors
     and bankers;
     
     "the Company" will mean the EPL TECHNOLOGIES, S.L., and any subsidiary,
     associated or holding company of the Company;
     
     "Confidential Information" will mean all information of whatever nature
     including without limitation all unpatented designs, drawings, data
     specifications and manufacturing processing or testing procedures and
     other technical business and similar information including all readable
     or computer or other reactive readable data, logic, diagrams, flow
     charts, coding source or object codes listing or other material relating
     to or comprising software conceived, originated, made or developed by the
     Company and its subsidiaries in written pictorial or oral form.
     
     "Customer" will mean any person, firm or company who at any time during
     the period of (two) years immediately prior to the Termination Date was a
     customer of the Company being a person, firm or company with whom I
     personally dealt or for whom I was responsible on behalf of the Company
     during the said period.





                                       9.
<PAGE>   12

     "Goods or Services" will mean any goods or services similar to or
     competitive with those supplied by the Company at any time during the two
     years immediately prior to the Termination Date and with the supply of
     which I was concerned at any time during the said period.
     
     "Key Person" will mean a person who is or was at any time whilst I was
     employed by the Company:

     (a)  an employee, director, consultant or contractor of the Company; and
     
     (b)  a person with whom I personally dealt during my employment by the
          Company, and

     (c)  employed or engaged in a managerial or equivalent capacity or in a
          more senior capacity.

     "Key Supplier" will mean any person, firm or company who at any time
     during the period of (two) years immediately prior to the Termination
     Date was a principal supplier of the Company being a person, firm or
     company with whom I personally dealt on behalf of the Company during the
     said period of (two) years.
     
     "Restricted Business" will mean the business of Packaging and Labelling
     food products.

     "Restricted Area" will mean any territory where I have been employed
     under my Service Agreement at any time during the (one year) immediately
     prior to the Termination Date.
     
     "Restricted Period" will mean for the purposes of this letter 12 months
     immediately following the Date of Termination of my employment.
     
     "Service Agreement" will mean my employment contract with the Company
     dated first October 1997.

     "Termination Date" will mean the date on which my employment with the
     Company terminates.

2.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

2.1  I agree that all the Confidential Information and other material of
     whatsoever nature made, originated or developed by me in the course of
     and in connection with my employment with the Company either before or
     after the date hereof will belong to and rest in the Company absolutely
     to the fullest extent permitted by law.

2.2  I undertake to keep in confidence the Confidential Information of
     whatever nature relating to the Company whilst I am a Director and/or
     employee of the Company as may be provided to me (whether orally or in
     writing or in any other manner)





                                       10.
<PAGE>   13

2.3  I undertake that after the Termination Date not to disclose or publish to
     any person or negligently cause any unauthorised disclosure of any
     information of a confidential or secret nature which I may acquire in the
     course of my employment with the Company (including without limitation
     trade secrets, know how, inventions, designs, processes, formulae,
     notations, improvements and financial information) concerning the affairs
     or business or products of the Company or of any of its or their
     predecessors in business or of any third party to whom the Company is
     under an obligation of confidence such as suppliers, agents, distributors
     or auditors.

2.4  I further undertake that in the event that I cease to be employed by the
     Company for whatever reason that I will:
     
     (a)  not divulge the Confidential Information to any person;
     
     (b)  treat all Confidential Information as strictly private and
          confidential and will take all necessary steps (including but not
          limited to those required by Spanish law) to preserve such
          confidentiality on your behalf;
     
     (c)  return promptly to you upon demand the documents and materials
          arising in relation to the Confidential Information together with
          all copies or reproductions held by me or my advisors.

3.   UNDERTAKINGS
     
     After the termination of my employment with the Company, I will not
     either alone or jointly with or on behalf of any other person firm or
     company, directly or indirectly as principal, partner, agent,
     shareholder, director, employee, consultant or otherwise however:
     
     (a)  at any time during the Restricted Period carry on or assist with or
          be interested in the carrying on of a Restricted Business within the
          Restricted Area in competition with the Company;
     
     (b)  at any time during the Restricted Period supply (or procure or
          assist the supply of) any Goods or Services to any Customer if such
          supply is in respect of Goods or Services in competition with the
          Company;
     
     (c)  at any time during the Restricted Period canvass or solicit the
          custom of (or procure or assist the canvassing or soliciting of the
          custom of) any Customer if such canvassing or solicitation is in
          respect of Goods or Services in competition with the Company;
     
     (d)  at any time during the Restricted Period in competition with the
          Company immediately following the Termination Date:
     
          (i)  offer employment to or employ or offer or conclude any contract
               for services with or solicit the employment or engagement of,
               or





                                       11.
<PAGE>   14

          (ii) procure or assist any third party so to offer, employ, engage
               or solicit:

          any Key Person (whether or not such person would commit any breach
          of his contract with the Company) unless such Key Person had ceased
          to be employed or engaged by the Company (as the case may be) more
          than 3 months previously;

     (e)  at any time during the Restricted Period in competition with the
          Company canvass or solicit any Key Supplier to supply Goods or
          Services to me or any person firm or company or arrange for any Key
          Supplier to supply Goods or Services to me or any person firm or
          company if such supply is in respect of Goods or Services to be
          supplied in the Restricted Area.

4.   WAIVER

     I acknowledge that no failure or delay by either of you in exercising any
     right, power or privilege under this letter will operate as a waiver nor
     will any single or partial exercise preclude any further exercise by
     yourselves of any rights either of you may have under this letter.

5.   INJUNCTION AND INDEMNITY

     Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies either of you may have,
     I acknowledge and agree that damages will not be an adequate remedy for
     any breach by me of any of the provisions of this letter and accordingly
     each of you will be entitled without proof of special damages to the
     remedies of an injunction and other equitable relief for any threatened
     or actual breach of the provisions of this letter by me.
     
     I will indemnify each of you in respect of all damages, costs, claims,
     demands and liabilities howsoever so arising out of any breach by me of
     my obligations under this letter.

6.   GOVERNING LAW

     This letter will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws
     of Spain.

Yours faithfully

/s/ JOSE SAENZ DE SANTA-MARIA

JOSE SAENZ DE SANTA-MARIA





                                       12.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 11.01

                             EPL Technologies, Inc.

                            

                  Computation of Earnings per Common Share and
                    Fully diluted Earnings per Common Share

                                                           

EPL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

COMPUTATION OF LOSS PER COMMON SHARE AND 
FULLY DILUTED LOSS PER COMMON SHARE
(in thousands except per share data)

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR      YEAR      YEAR      
                                                                  ENDED     ENDED     ENDED     
                                                                  12/31/97  12/31/96  12/31/95  
<S>                                                               <C>       <C>       <C>       
Net Loss                                                          $ (7,187) $ (4,296) $(3,320)  
Deduct effect of 10% cumulative loss per computation                 1,167       999      314   
                                                                  --------  --------  -------   
Adjusted net loss for loss per share computation                  $ (8,354) $ (5,295) $(3,634)  
                                                                  ========  ========  =======   
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding                 8,373     7,437    4,656   
                                                                  ========  ========  =======   
Primary loss per share                                            $  (1.00) $  (0.71) $ (0.78)  
                                                                  ========  ========  =======   
Net loss for fully diluted loss per common share
computation                                                       $ (7,187) $ (4,296) $(3,320)  
                                                                  ========  ========  =======   
Weighted average number of common shares
outstanding                                                          8,373     7,437    4,656   

Common share equivalent applicable to:
  Series A, convertible preferred stock                              1,540     1,751    2,136   
  Series B, convertible preferred stock                                169       118
  Series C, convertible preferred stock                                 49                
  Series D, convertible preferred stock                                178
  Series A, warrants                                                   100       128      157   
  Series D, warrants                                                    28
  Other warrants                                                        96       243      706   
  Stock options outstanding                                          1,574     1,196      746   
  Less Common Stock acquired with net proceeds                         982       597    1,545
                                                                  --------  --------  -------   
Weighted average number of common shares and
  common share equivalents used to compute fully
  diluted loss per share                                            11,125    10,276    6,856   
                                                                  --------  --------  -------   
Fully diluted loss per share                                      $  (0.65) $  (0.42) $ (0.48)  
                                                                  ========  ========  =======   
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>   1
   
    
                                                                    Exhibit 23.1


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT


   
We consent to use in this Registration Statement of EPL Technologies, Inc. on
Form S-1 of our report dated February 27, 1998 (March 13, 1998 as to Note 18)
appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.
    

   
We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such
Prospectus.
    



   
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
- -------------------------
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
    


Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
   
March 17, 1998
    

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

[COOPERS & LYBRAND LETTERHEAD]

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S CONSENT

     We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement of 
EPL Technologies, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated February 9, 1998
(relating to the financial statements of Fabbri Artes Graficas Valencia, S.A.,
for the years ended September 30, 1997 and 1996).

     We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such
Registration Statement.


COOPERS & LYBRAND, S.A.

/s/ Jorge Molina

Jorge Molina
Valencia (Spain), March 17, 1998


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE AUDITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 TOGETHER WITH
ALL NOTES THERETO AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

</LEGEND>
   
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                       3,756,956
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                5,382,125
<ALLOWANCES>                                   419,212
<INVENTORY>                                  3,411,213
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            13,610,800
<PP&E>                                       9,214,658
<DEPRECIATION>                               1,069,115
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              26,199,955
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                        7,097,316
<BONDS>                                              0
                       10,617,346
                                  2,073,144
<COMMON>                                         9,048
<OTHER-SE>                                   4,533,234
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                26,199,955
<SALES>                                     19,953,480
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            19,953,480
<CGS>                                       18,090,546
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               18,090,546
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                             8,983,010
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             122,025
<INCOME-PRETAX>                            (7,242,101)
<INCOME-TAX>                                  (55,043)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                        (7,187,058)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                               (7,187,058)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (1.00)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.65)
        
    

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission